1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 17 /* 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode 19 */ 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 21 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ 37 #define CTRL_X_EVAL 16 /* for builtin function complete() */ 38 39 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] 40 #define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) (m == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || m == CTRL_X_EVAL) 41 42 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = 43 { 44 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ 45 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), 46 NULL, 47 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), 48 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), 49 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), 50 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), 51 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), 52 NULL, 53 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), 54 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), 55 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), 56 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), 57 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), 58 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), 59 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), 60 NULL, /* CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg. */ 61 }; 62 63 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); 64 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 65 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); 66 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); 67 #endif 68 69 /* 70 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. 71 */ 72 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; 73 struct compl_S 74 { 75 compl_T *cp_next; 76 compl_T *cp_prev; 77 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ 78 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ 79 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ 80 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when 81 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ 82 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ 83 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ 84 }; 85 86 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ 87 #define FREE_FNAME (2) 88 89 /* 90 * All the current matches are stored in a list. 91 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. 92 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. 93 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during 94 * ins_compl_get_exp(). 95 */ 96 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; 97 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; 98 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; 99 100 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, 101 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ 102 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 103 104 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string 105 * are used. */ 106 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; 107 108 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string 109 in compl_leader */ 110 111 static int compl_no_insert = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert 112 TRUE: noinsert */ 113 static int compl_no_select = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert 114 TRUE: noselect */ 115 116 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When 117 FALSE the match was edited or using 118 the longest common string. */ 119 120 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding 121 completions. */ 122 123 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ 124 125 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's 126 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ 127 static int compl_started = FALSE; 128 129 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, 130 * which is not allowed. */ 131 static int compl_busy = FALSE; 132 133 static int compl_matches = 0; 134 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; 135 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; 136 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; 137 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ 138 static pos_T compl_startpos; 139 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts 140 * that is being completed */ 141 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before 142 * completion started */ 143 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; 144 static expand_T compl_xp; 145 146 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 147 148 static void ins_ctrl_x(void); 149 static int has_compl_option(int dict_opt); 150 static int ins_compl_accept_char(int c); 151 static int ins_compl_add(char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup); 152 static int ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len); 153 static void ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match); 154 static void ins_compl_add_matches(int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase); 155 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic(void); 156 static void ins_compl_upd_pum(void); 157 static void ins_compl_del_pum(void); 158 static int pum_wanted(void); 159 static int pum_enough_matches(void); 160 static void ins_compl_dictionaries(char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus); 161 static void ins_compl_files(int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir); 162 static char_u *find_line_end(char_u *ptr); 163 static void ins_compl_free(void); 164 static void ins_compl_clear(void); 165 static int ins_compl_bs(void); 166 static int ins_compl_need_restart(void); 167 static void ins_compl_new_leader(void); 168 static void ins_compl_addleader(int c); 169 static int ins_compl_len(void); 170 static void ins_compl_restart(void); 171 static void ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str); 172 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch(void); 173 static int ins_compl_prep(int c); 174 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg); 175 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag); 176 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 177 static void ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list); 178 static void ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict); 179 #endif 180 static int ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini); 181 static void ins_compl_delete(void); 182 static void ins_compl_insert(void); 183 static int ins_compl_next(int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match); 184 static int ins_compl_key2dir(int c); 185 static int ins_compl_pum_key(int c); 186 static int ins_compl_key2count(int c); 187 static int ins_compl_use_match(int c); 188 static int ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum); 189 static void show_pum(int save_w_wrow); 190 static unsigned quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len); 191 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 192 193 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 194 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 195 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 196 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 197 198 static void ins_redraw(int ready); 199 static void ins_ctrl_v(void); 200 static void undisplay_dollar(void); 201 static void insert_special(int, int, int); 202 static void internal_format(int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c); 203 static void check_auto_format(int); 204 static void redo_literal(int c); 205 static void start_arrow(pos_T *end_insert_pos); 206 static void start_arrow_with_change(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change); 207 static void start_arrow_common(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change); 208 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 209 static void check_spell_redraw(void); 210 static void spell_back_to_badword(void); 211 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ 212 #endif 213 static void stop_insert(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove); 214 static int echeck_abbr(int); 215 static int replace_pop(void); 216 static void replace_join(int off); 217 static void replace_pop_ins(void); 218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 219 static void mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc); 220 #endif 221 static void replace_flush(void); 222 static void replace_do_bs(int limit_col); 223 static int del_char_after_col(int limit_col); 224 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 225 static int cindent_on(void); 226 #endif 227 static void ins_reg(void); 228 static void ins_ctrl_g(void); 229 static void ins_ctrl_hat(void); 230 static int ins_esc(long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove); 231 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 232 static void ins_ctrl_(void); 233 #endif 234 static int ins_start_select(int c); 235 static void ins_insert(int replaceState); 236 static void ins_ctrl_o(void); 237 static void ins_shift(int c, int lastc); 238 static void ins_del(void); 239 static int ins_bs(int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p); 240 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 241 static void ins_mouse(int c); 242 static void ins_mousescroll(int dir); 243 #endif 244 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 245 static void ins_tabline(int c); 246 #endif 247 static void ins_left(int end_change); 248 static void ins_home(int c); 249 static void ins_end(int c); 250 static void ins_s_left(void); 251 static void ins_right(int end_change); 252 static void ins_s_right(void); 253 static void ins_up(int startcol); 254 static void ins_pageup(void); 255 static void ins_down(int startcol); 256 static void ins_pagedown(void); 257 #ifdef FEAT_DND 258 static void ins_drop(void); 259 #endif 260 static int ins_tab(void); 261 static int ins_eol(int c); 262 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 263 static int ins_digraph(void); 264 #endif 265 static int ins_ctrl_ey(int tc); 266 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 267 static void ins_try_si(int c); 268 #endif 269 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol(void); 270 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 271 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre(int c); 272 #endif 273 274 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ 275 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ 276 static int update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ 277 278 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, 279 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ 280 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ 281 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ 282 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ 283 284 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 285 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ 286 #endif 287 288 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ 289 290 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 291 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ 292 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ 293 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ 294 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ 295 #endif 296 297 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a 298 char. Set when edit() is called. 299 after that arrow_used is used. */ 300 301 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space 302 under the cursor */ 303 static int dont_sync_undo = FALSE; /* CTRL-G U prevents syncing undo for 304 the next left/right cursor */ 305 306 /* 307 * edit(): Start inserting text. 308 * 309 * "cmdchar" can be: 310 * 'i' normal insert command 311 * 'a' normal append command 312 * 'R' replace command 313 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, 314 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. 315 * 'g' "gI" command. 316 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. 317 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. 318 * 319 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns 320 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. 321 * 322 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). 323 */ 324 int 325 edit( 326 int cmdchar, 327 int startln, /* if set, insert at start of line */ 328 long count) 329 { 330 int c = 0; 331 char_u *ptr; 332 int lastc = 0; 333 int mincol; 334 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; 335 int i; 336 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ 337 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 338 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ 339 #endif 340 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ 341 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 342 int old_topfill = -1; 343 #endif 344 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ 345 int replaceState = REPLACE; 346 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ 347 348 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ 349 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; 350 351 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an 352 * error message */ 353 check_for_delay(TRUE); 354 355 /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ 356 update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; 357 358 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 359 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ 360 if (sandbox != 0) 361 { 362 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 363 return FALSE; 364 } 365 #endif 366 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The 367 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ 368 if (textlock != 0) 369 { 370 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 371 return FALSE; 372 } 373 374 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 375 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ 376 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) 377 { 378 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 379 return FALSE; 380 } 381 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ 382 #endif 383 384 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 385 /* 386 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". 387 */ 388 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 389 { 390 pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; 391 392 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 393 if (cmdchar == 'R') 394 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; 395 else if (cmdchar == 'V') 396 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; 397 else 398 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; 399 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); 400 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 401 # endif 402 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 403 404 /* Make sure the cursor didn't move. Do call check_cursor_col() in 405 * case the text was modified. Since Insert mode was not started yet 406 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with 407 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the 408 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted). 409 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */ 410 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor) 411 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 412 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL 413 # endif 414 && save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 415 { 416 int save_state = State; 417 418 curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor; 419 State = INSERT; 420 check_cursor_col(); 421 State = save_state; 422 } 423 } 424 #endif 425 426 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 427 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If 428 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ 429 conceal_check_cursur_line(); 430 #endif 431 432 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 433 /* 434 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to 435 * where the paste started. 436 */ 437 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) 438 Insstart = where_paste_started; 439 else 440 #endif 441 { 442 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 443 if (startln) 444 Insstart.col = 0; 445 } 446 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 447 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; 448 if (!did_ai) 449 ai_col = 0; 450 451 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) 452 { 453 ResetRedobuff(); 454 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); 455 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 456 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 457 { 458 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ 459 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); 460 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); 461 } 462 else 463 #endif 464 { 465 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); 466 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ 467 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); 468 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ 469 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ 470 } 471 } 472 473 if (cmdchar == 'R') 474 { 475 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 476 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 477 { 478 beep_flush(); 479 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 480 State = INSERT; 481 } 482 else 483 #endif 484 State = REPLACE; 485 } 486 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 487 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 488 { 489 State = VREPLACE; 490 replaceState = VREPLACE; 491 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 492 vr_lines_changed = 1; 493 } 494 #endif 495 else 496 State = INSERT; 497 498 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; 499 500 /* 501 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is 502 * on a TAB or special character. 503 */ 504 curs_columns(TRUE); 505 506 /* 507 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. 508 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the 509 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated 510 * when hitting <Esc>. 511 */ 512 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 513 State |= LANGMAP; 514 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 515 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); 516 #endif 517 518 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 519 setmouse(); 520 #endif 521 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 522 clear_showcmd(); 523 #endif 524 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 525 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ 526 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 527 if (revins_on) 528 undisplay_dollar(); 529 revins_chars = 0; 530 revins_legal = 0; 531 revins_scol = -1; 532 #endif 533 534 /* 535 * Handle restarting Insert mode. 536 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with 537 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. 538 */ 539 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) 540 { 541 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 542 /* 543 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for 544 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. 545 */ 546 if (where_paste_started.lnum) 547 arrow_used = FALSE; 548 else 549 #endif 550 arrow_used = TRUE; 551 restart_edit = 0; 552 553 /* 554 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is 555 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not 556 * correct in very rare cases). 557 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual 558 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". 559 */ 560 validate_virtcol(); 561 update_curswant(); 562 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) 563 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) 564 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) 565 { 566 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 567 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 569 else if (has_mbyte) 570 { 571 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 572 if (ptr[i] == NUL) 573 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; 574 } 575 #endif 576 } 577 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 578 } 579 else 580 arrow_used = FALSE; 581 582 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ 583 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; 584 585 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ 586 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 587 588 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 589 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; 590 #endif 591 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 592 can_cindent = TRUE; 593 #endif 594 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 595 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or 596 * restarting. */ 597 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 598 foldOpenCursor(); 599 #endif 600 601 /* 602 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. 603 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before 604 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. 605 */ 606 i = 0; 607 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 608 i = showmode(); 609 610 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 611 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); 612 613 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 614 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 615 #endif 616 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 617 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 618 #endif 619 620 /* 621 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be 622 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. 623 */ 624 ptr = get_inserted(); 625 if (ptr == NULL) 626 new_insert_skip = 0; 627 else 628 { 629 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 630 vim_free(ptr); 631 } 632 633 old_indent = 0; 634 635 /* 636 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. 637 */ 638 for (;;) 639 { 640 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 641 if (!revins_legal) 642 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ 643 else 644 revins_legal = 0; 645 #endif 646 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ 647 count = 0; 648 649 if (update_Insstart_orig) 650 Insstart_orig = Insstart; 651 652 if (stop_insert_mode 653 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 654 && !pum_visible() 655 #endif 656 ) 657 { 658 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ 659 count = 0; 660 goto doESCkey; 661 } 662 663 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ 664 if (!arrow_used) 665 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 666 667 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a 668 * menu invoked a shell command). */ 669 if (stuff_empty()) 670 { 671 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 672 if (need_check_timestamps) 673 check_timestamps(FALSE); 674 } 675 676 /* 677 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. 678 */ 679 msg_scroll = FALSE; 680 681 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 682 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to 683 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an 684 * autocommand. */ 685 if (need_mouse_correct) 686 gui_mouse_correct(); 687 #endif 688 689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 690 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ 691 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) 692 foldOpenCursor(); 693 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ 694 if (!char_avail()) 695 foldCheckClose(); 696 #endif 697 698 /* 699 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in 700 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra 701 * redraw. 702 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting 703 * something. 704 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has 705 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). 706 */ 707 if (curbuf->b_mod_set 708 && curwin->w_p_wrap 709 && !did_backspace 710 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline 711 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 712 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill 713 #endif 714 ) 715 { 716 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; 717 validate_cursor_col(); 718 719 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts 720 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) 721 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so 722 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline 723 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 724 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 725 #endif 726 )) 727 { 728 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 729 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) 730 --curwin->w_topfill; 731 else 732 #endif 733 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 734 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) 735 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); 736 else 737 #endif 738 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); 739 } 740 } 741 742 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ 743 update_topline(); 744 745 did_backspace = FALSE; 746 747 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ 748 749 /* 750 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. 751 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. 752 */ 753 ins_redraw(TRUE); 754 755 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 756 if (curwin->w_p_scb) 757 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); 758 #endif 759 760 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 761 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 762 do_check_cursorbind(); 763 #endif 764 update_curswant(); 765 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 766 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 767 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 768 #endif 769 770 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 771 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 772 #endif 773 774 /* 775 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. 776 */ 777 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) 778 lastc = c; /* remember the previous char for CTRL-D */ 779 780 /* After using CTRL-G U the next cursor key will not break undo. */ 781 if (dont_sync_undo == MAYBE) 782 dont_sync_undo = TRUE; 783 else 784 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 785 do 786 { 787 c = safe_vgetc(); 788 } while (c == K_IGNORE); 789 790 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 791 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ 792 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 793 #endif 794 795 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 796 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 797 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 798 #endif 799 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 800 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 801 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 802 #endif 803 804 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 805 /* 806 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted 807 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is 808 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. 809 */ 810 if (compl_started 811 && pum_wanted() 812 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col 813 && (compl_shown_match == NULL 814 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) 815 { 816 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ 817 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) 818 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col 819 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) 820 continue; 821 822 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ 823 if (!compl_used_match) 824 { 825 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to 826 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and 827 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ 828 if (c == Ctrl_L 829 && (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 830 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) 831 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) 832 { 833 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); 834 continue; 835 } 836 837 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current 838 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ 839 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) 840 { 841 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 842 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 843 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 844 char_u *p; 845 846 if (str != NULL) 847 { 848 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 849 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); 850 vim_free(str); 851 } 852 else 853 #endif 854 ins_compl_addleader(c); 855 continue; 856 } 857 858 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When 859 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 860 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 861 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 862 { 863 ins_compl_delete(); 864 ins_compl_insert(); 865 } 866 } 867 } 868 869 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but 870 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ 871 compl_get_longest = FALSE; 872 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) 873 continue; 874 #endif 875 876 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, 877 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', 878 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ 879 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) 880 { 881 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 882 ins_redraw(FALSE); 883 ++no_mapping; 884 ++allow_keys; 885 c = plain_vgetc(); 886 --no_mapping; 887 --allow_keys; 888 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) 889 { 890 /* it's something else */ 891 vungetc(c); 892 c = Ctrl_BSL; 893 } 894 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) 895 continue; 896 else 897 { 898 if (c == Ctrl_O) 899 { 900 ins_ctrl_o(); 901 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ 902 nomove = TRUE; 903 } 904 count = 0; 905 goto doESCkey; 906 } 907 } 908 909 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 910 c = do_digraph(c); 911 #endif 912 913 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 914 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 915 goto docomplete; 916 #endif 917 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) 918 { 919 ins_ctrl_v(); 920 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ 921 continue; 922 } 923 924 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 925 if (cindent_on() 926 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 927 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 928 # endif 929 ) 930 { 931 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be 932 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. 933 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be 934 * done before inserting the key. */ 935 line_is_white = inindent(0); 936 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) 937 goto force_cindent; 938 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) 939 && stop_arrow() == OK) 940 do_c_expr_indent(); 941 } 942 #endif 943 944 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 945 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 946 switch (c) 947 { 948 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; 949 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; 950 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; 951 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; 952 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; 953 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; 954 } 955 #endif 956 957 /* 958 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it 959 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these 960 * characters. 961 */ 962 if (ins_start_select(c)) 963 continue; 964 965 /* 966 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. 967 */ 968 switch (c) 969 { 970 case ESC: /* End input mode */ 971 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) 972 break; 973 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 974 975 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ 976 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 977 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 978 { 979 /* Close the cmdline window. */ 980 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; 981 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ 982 nomove = TRUE; 983 goto doESCkey; 984 } 985 #endif 986 987 #ifdef UNIX 988 do_intr: 989 #endif 990 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave 991 * Insert mode */ 992 if (goto_im()) 993 { 994 if (got_int) 995 { 996 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ 997 got_int = FALSE; 998 } 999 else 1000 vim_beep(BO_IM); 1001 break; 1002 } 1003 doESCkey: 1004 /* 1005 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! 1006 */ 1007 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line 1008 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ 1009 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 1010 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1011 1012 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) 1013 { 1014 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1015 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 1016 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, 1017 FALSE, curbuf); 1018 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1019 #endif 1020 return (c == Ctrl_O); 1021 } 1022 continue; 1023 1024 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ 1025 if (!p_im) 1026 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ 1027 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); 1028 c = Ctrl_O; 1029 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 1030 1031 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ 1032 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1033 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 1034 goto docomplete; 1035 #endif 1036 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) 1037 break; 1038 ins_ctrl_o(); 1039 1040 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 1041 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ 1042 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) 1043 { 1044 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 1045 nomove = TRUE; 1046 } 1047 #endif 1048 count = 0; 1049 goto doESCkey; 1050 1051 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ 1052 case K_KINS: 1053 ins_insert(replaceState); 1054 break; 1055 1056 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ 1057 break; 1058 1059 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ 1060 case K_F1: 1061 case K_XF1: 1062 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); 1063 if (p_im) 1064 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 1065 goto doESCkey; 1066 1067 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1068 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ 1069 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 1070 i = plain_vgetc(); 1071 --no_mapping; 1072 netbeans_keycommand(i); 1073 break; 1074 #endif 1075 1076 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ 1077 case NUL: 1078 case Ctrl_A: 1079 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an 1080 * error. */ 1081 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL 1082 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) 1083 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ 1084 inserted_space = FALSE; 1085 break; 1086 1087 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ 1088 ins_reg(); 1089 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1090 inserted_space = FALSE; 1091 break; 1092 1093 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ 1094 ins_ctrl_g(); 1095 break; 1096 1097 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ 1098 ins_ctrl_hat(); 1099 break; 1100 1101 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1102 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ 1103 if (!p_ari) 1104 goto normalchar; 1105 ins_ctrl_(); 1106 break; 1107 #endif 1108 1109 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ 1110 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1111 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 1112 goto docomplete; 1113 #endif 1114 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1115 1116 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ 1117 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1118 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 1119 { 1120 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) 1121 goto docomplete; 1122 break; 1123 } 1124 # endif 1125 ins_shift(c, lastc); 1126 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1127 inserted_space = FALSE; 1128 break; 1129 1130 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ 1131 case K_KDEL: 1132 ins_del(); 1133 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1134 break; 1135 1136 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ 1137 case Ctrl_H: 1138 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); 1139 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1140 break; 1141 1142 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ 1143 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); 1144 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1145 break; 1146 1147 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ 1148 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1149 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ 1150 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) 1151 goto docomplete; 1152 # endif 1153 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); 1154 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1155 inserted_space = FALSE; 1156 break; 1157 1158 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 1159 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ 1160 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: 1161 case K_LEFTDRAG: 1162 case K_LEFTRELEASE: 1163 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: 1164 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: 1165 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: 1166 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: 1167 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: 1168 case K_RIGHTDRAG: 1169 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: 1170 case K_X1MOUSE: 1171 case K_X1DRAG: 1172 case K_X1RELEASE: 1173 case K_X2MOUSE: 1174 case K_X2DRAG: 1175 case K_X2RELEASE: 1176 ins_mouse(c); 1177 break; 1178 1179 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ 1180 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); 1181 break; 1182 1183 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ 1184 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); 1185 break; 1186 1187 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ 1188 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); 1189 break; 1190 1191 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ 1192 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); 1193 break; 1194 #endif 1195 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 1196 case K_TABLINE: 1197 case K_TABMENU: 1198 ins_tabline(c); 1199 break; 1200 #endif 1201 1202 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ 1203 break; 1204 1205 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1206 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ 1207 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1208 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 1209 break; 1210 #endif 1211 1212 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 1213 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was 1214 * cancelled. */ 1215 case K_F4: 1216 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) 1217 goto normalchar; 1218 break; 1219 #endif 1220 1221 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1222 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: 1223 ins_scroll(); 1224 break; 1225 1226 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: 1227 ins_horscroll(); 1228 break; 1229 #endif 1230 1231 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ 1232 case K_KHOME: 1233 case K_S_HOME: 1234 case K_C_HOME: 1235 ins_home(c); 1236 break; 1237 1238 case K_END: /* <End> */ 1239 case K_KEND: 1240 case K_S_END: 1241 case K_C_END: 1242 ins_end(c); 1243 break; 1244 1245 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ 1246 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1247 ins_s_left(); 1248 else 1249 ins_left(dont_sync_undo == FALSE); 1250 break; 1251 1252 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ 1253 case K_C_LEFT: 1254 ins_s_left(); 1255 break; 1256 1257 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ 1258 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1259 ins_s_right(); 1260 else 1261 ins_right(dont_sync_undo == FALSE); 1262 break; 1263 1264 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ 1265 case K_C_RIGHT: 1266 ins_s_right(); 1267 break; 1268 1269 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ 1270 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1271 if (pum_visible()) 1272 goto docomplete; 1273 #endif 1274 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1275 ins_pageup(); 1276 else 1277 ins_up(FALSE); 1278 break; 1279 1280 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ 1281 case K_PAGEUP: 1282 case K_KPAGEUP: 1283 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1284 if (pum_visible()) 1285 goto docomplete; 1286 #endif 1287 ins_pageup(); 1288 break; 1289 1290 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ 1291 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1292 if (pum_visible()) 1293 goto docomplete; 1294 #endif 1295 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1296 ins_pagedown(); 1297 else 1298 ins_down(FALSE); 1299 break; 1300 1301 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ 1302 case K_PAGEDOWN: 1303 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 1304 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1305 if (pum_visible()) 1306 goto docomplete; 1307 #endif 1308 ins_pagedown(); 1309 break; 1310 1311 #ifdef FEAT_DND 1312 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ 1313 ins_drop(); 1314 break; 1315 #endif 1316 1317 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ 1318 c = TAB; 1319 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1320 1321 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ 1322 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1323 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 1324 goto docomplete; 1325 #endif 1326 inserted_space = FALSE; 1327 if (ins_tab()) 1328 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ 1329 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1330 break; 1331 1332 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ 1333 c = CAR; 1334 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1335 case CAR: 1336 case NL: 1337 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 1338 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the 1339 * cursor. */ 1340 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) 1341 { 1342 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ 1343 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); 1344 else /* location list window */ 1345 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); 1346 break; 1347 } 1348 #endif 1349 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1350 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 1351 { 1352 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ 1353 cmdwin_result = CAR; 1354 goto doESCkey; 1355 } 1356 #endif 1357 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) 1358 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ 1359 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); 1360 inserted_space = FALSE; 1361 break; 1362 1363 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) 1364 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ 1365 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1366 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) 1367 { 1368 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) 1369 goto docomplete; 1370 break; 1371 } 1372 # endif 1373 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 1374 c = ins_digraph(); 1375 if (c == NUL) 1376 break; 1377 # endif 1378 goto normalchar; 1379 #endif 1380 1381 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1382 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ 1383 ins_ctrl_x(); 1384 break; 1385 1386 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ 1387 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) 1388 goto normalchar; 1389 goto docomplete; 1390 1391 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ 1392 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) 1393 goto normalchar; 1394 goto docomplete; 1395 1396 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ 1397 case Ctrl_S: 1398 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) 1399 goto normalchar; 1400 goto docomplete; 1401 #endif 1402 1403 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ 1404 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1405 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1406 #endif 1407 { 1408 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ 1409 if (p_im) 1410 { 1411 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) 1412 break; 1413 goto doESCkey; 1414 } 1415 goto normalchar; 1416 } 1417 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1418 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1419 1420 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ 1421 case Ctrl_N: 1422 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, 1423 * but it is under other ^X modes */ 1424 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL 1425 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 1426 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) 1427 goto normalchar; 1428 1429 docomplete: 1430 compl_busy = TRUE; 1431 disable_fold_update++; /* don't redraw folds here */ 1432 if (ins_complete(c, TRUE) == FAIL) 1433 compl_cont_status = 0; 1434 disable_fold_update--; 1435 compl_busy = FALSE; 1436 break; 1437 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 1438 1439 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ 1440 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ 1441 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); 1442 break; 1443 1444 default: 1445 #ifdef UNIX 1446 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ 1447 goto do_intr; 1448 #endif 1449 1450 normalchar: 1451 /* 1452 * Insert a normal character. 1453 */ 1454 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1455 if (!p_paste) 1456 { 1457 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 1458 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 1459 char_u *p; 1460 1461 if (str != NULL) 1462 { 1463 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) 1464 { 1465 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ 1466 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 1467 { 1468 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 1469 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) 1470 ins_eol(c); 1471 else 1472 ins_char(c); 1473 } 1474 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); 1475 } 1476 vim_free(str); 1477 c = NUL; 1478 } 1479 1480 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string 1481 * then don't insert any character. */ 1482 if (c == NUL) 1483 break; 1484 } 1485 #endif 1486 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 1487 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ 1488 ins_try_si(c); 1489 #endif 1490 1491 if (c == ' ') 1492 { 1493 inserted_space = TRUE; 1494 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1495 if (inindent(0)) 1496 can_cindent = FALSE; 1497 #endif 1498 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL 1499 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 1500 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 1501 } 1502 1503 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a 1504 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without 1505 * inserting it. */ 1506 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( 1507 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1508 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is 1509 * what check_abbr() expects. */ 1510 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : 1511 #endif 1512 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) 1513 { 1514 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); 1515 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1516 revins_legal++; 1517 revins_chars++; 1518 #endif 1519 } 1520 1521 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1522 1523 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1524 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a 1525 * closed fold. */ 1526 foldOpenCursor(); 1527 #endif 1528 break; 1529 } /* end of switch (c) */ 1530 1531 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1532 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ 1533 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD 1534 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1535 /* but not in CTRL-X mode, a script can't restore the state */ 1536 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1537 # endif 1538 ) 1539 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1540 #endif 1541 1542 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ 1543 if (arrow_used) 1544 inserted_space = FALSE; 1545 1546 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1547 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() 1548 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1549 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1550 # endif 1551 ) 1552 { 1553 force_cindent: 1554 /* 1555 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 1556 */ 1557 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) 1558 { 1559 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 1560 /* re-indent the current line */ 1561 do_c_expr_indent(); 1562 } 1563 } 1564 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 1565 1566 } /* for (;;) */ 1567 /* NOTREACHED */ 1568 } 1569 1570 /* 1571 * Redraw for Insert mode. 1572 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' 1573 * option work correctly. 1574 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up 1575 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). 1576 */ 1577 static void 1578 ins_redraw( 1579 int ready UNUSED) /* not busy with something */ 1580 { 1581 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1582 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; 1583 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; 1584 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; 1585 #endif 1586 1587 if (char_avail()) 1588 return; 1589 1590 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1591 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is 1592 * visible, the command might delete it. */ 1593 if (ready && ( 1594 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1595 has_cursormovedI() 1596 # endif 1597 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1598 || 1599 # endif 1600 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1601 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 1602 # endif 1603 ) 1604 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1605 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) 1606 # endif 1607 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1608 && !pum_visible() 1609 # endif 1610 ) 1611 { 1612 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1613 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax 1614 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting 1615 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done 1616 * again below, unfortunately. */ 1617 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) 1618 update_screen(0); 1619 # endif 1620 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1621 if (has_cursormovedI()) 1622 { 1623 /* Make sure curswant is correct, an autocommand may call 1624 * getcurpos(). */ 1625 update_curswant(); 1626 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1627 } 1628 # endif 1629 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1630 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) 1631 { 1632 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1633 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; 1634 # endif 1635 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1636 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; 1637 } 1638 # endif 1639 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1640 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; 1641 # endif 1642 } 1643 #endif 1644 1645 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1646 /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */ 1647 if (ready && has_textchangedI() 1648 && last_changedtick != curbuf->b_changedtick 1649 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1650 && !pum_visible() 1651 # endif 1652 ) 1653 { 1654 if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf) 1655 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1656 last_changedtick_buf = curbuf; 1657 last_changedtick = curbuf->b_changedtick; 1658 } 1659 #endif 1660 1661 if (must_redraw) 1662 update_screen(0); 1663 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 1664 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ 1665 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1666 if ((conceal_update_lines 1667 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line 1668 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) 1669 || need_cursor_line_redraw) 1670 { 1671 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) 1672 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); 1673 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 1674 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); 1675 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; 1676 } 1677 # endif 1678 showruler(FALSE); 1679 setcursor(); 1680 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ 1681 } 1682 1683 /* 1684 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. 1685 */ 1686 static void 1687 ins_ctrl_v(void) 1688 { 1689 int c; 1690 int did_putchar = FALSE; 1691 1692 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 1693 ins_redraw(FALSE); 1694 1695 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 1696 { 1697 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); 1698 did_putchar = TRUE; 1699 } 1700 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 1701 1702 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1703 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); 1704 #endif 1705 1706 c = get_literal(); 1707 if (did_putchar) 1708 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next 1709 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ 1710 edit_unputchar(); 1711 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1712 clear_showcmd(); 1713 #endif 1714 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); 1715 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1716 revins_chars++; 1717 revins_legal++; 1718 #endif 1719 } 1720 1721 /* 1722 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. 1723 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. 1724 */ 1725 static int pc_status; 1726 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ 1727 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ 1728 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ 1729 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ 1730 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ 1731 static int pc_attr; 1732 static int pc_row; 1733 static int pc_col; 1734 1735 void 1736 edit_putchar(int c, int highlight) 1737 { 1738 int attr; 1739 1740 if (ScreenLines != NULL) 1741 { 1742 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ 1743 validate_cursor(); 1744 if (highlight) 1745 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 1746 else 1747 attr = 0; 1748 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; 1749 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); 1750 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1751 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 1752 #endif 1753 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1754 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 1755 { 1756 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; 1757 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1758 if (has_mbyte) 1759 { 1760 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); 1761 1762 if (fix_col != pc_col) 1763 { 1764 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); 1765 --curwin->w_wcol; 1766 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; 1767 } 1768 } 1769 # endif 1770 } 1771 else 1772 #endif 1773 { 1774 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; 1775 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1776 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) 1777 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; 1778 #endif 1779 } 1780 1781 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ 1782 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1783 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) 1784 #endif 1785 { 1786 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); 1787 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; 1788 } 1789 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); 1790 } 1791 } 1792 1793 /* 1794 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). 1795 */ 1796 void 1797 edit_unputchar(void) 1798 { 1799 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) 1800 { 1801 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1802 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) 1803 ++curwin->w_wcol; 1804 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) 1805 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1806 else 1807 #endif 1808 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); 1809 } 1810 } 1811 1812 /* 1813 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text 1814 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. 1815 */ 1816 void 1817 display_dollar(colnr_T col) 1818 { 1819 colnr_T save_col; 1820 1821 if (!redrawing()) 1822 return; 1823 1824 cursor_off(); 1825 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1826 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 1827 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1828 if (has_mbyte) 1829 { 1830 char_u *p; 1831 1832 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ 1833 p = ml_get_curline(); 1834 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); 1835 } 1836 #endif 1837 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ 1838 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) 1839 { 1840 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); 1841 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 1842 } 1843 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 1844 } 1845 1846 /* 1847 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position 1848 * in insert mode. 1849 */ 1850 static void 1851 undisplay_dollar(void) 1852 { 1853 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 1854 { 1855 dollar_vcol = -1; 1856 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1857 } 1858 } 1859 1860 /* 1861 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). 1862 * Keep the cursor on the same character. 1863 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) 1864 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) 1865 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" 1866 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). 1867 */ 1868 void 1869 change_indent( 1870 int type, 1871 int amount, 1872 int round, 1873 int replaced, /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ 1874 int call_changed_bytes) /* call changed_bytes() */ 1875 { 1876 int vcol; 1877 int last_vcol; 1878 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ 1879 int new_cursor_col; 1880 int i; 1881 char_u *ptr; 1882 int save_p_list; 1883 int start_col; 1884 colnr_T vc; 1885 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1886 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ 1887 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 1888 1889 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ 1890 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1891 { 1892 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ 1893 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1894 } 1895 #endif 1896 1897 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ 1898 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; 1899 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 1900 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 1901 vcol = vc; 1902 1903 /* 1904 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only 1905 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of 1906 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. 1907 */ 1908 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1909 1910 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ 1911 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1912 beginline(BL_WHITE); 1913 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1914 1915 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1916 1917 /* 1918 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the 1919 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. 1920 */ 1921 if (new_cursor_col < 0) 1922 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1923 1924 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ 1925 start_col = -1; 1926 1927 /* 1928 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. 1929 */ 1930 if (type == INDENT_SET) 1931 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); 1932 else 1933 { 1934 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1935 int save_State = State; 1936 1937 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ 1938 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1939 State = INSERT; 1940 #endif 1941 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); 1942 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1943 State = save_State; 1944 #endif 1945 } 1946 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1947 1948 /* 1949 * Try to put cursor on same character. 1950 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, 1951 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first 1952 * non-blank character. 1953 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. 1954 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative 1955 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. 1956 */ 1957 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) 1958 { 1959 /* 1960 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset 1961 * Insstart_col to 0. 1962 */ 1963 if (new_cursor_col == 0) 1964 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1965 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; 1966 } 1967 else if (!(State & INSERT)) 1968 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1969 else 1970 { 1971 /* 1972 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. 1973 */ 1974 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1975 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); 1976 1977 /* 1978 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. 1979 */ 1980 vcol = last_vcol = 0; 1981 new_cursor_col = -1; 1982 ptr = ml_get_curline(); 1983 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1984 { 1985 last_vcol = vcol; 1986 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1987 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) 1988 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); 1989 else 1990 #endif 1991 ++new_cursor_col; 1992 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); 1993 } 1994 vcol = last_vcol; 1995 1996 /* 1997 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on 1998 * the right screen column. 1999 */ 2000 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 2001 { 2002 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 2003 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; 2004 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); 2005 if (ptr != NULL) 2006 { 2007 new_cursor_col += i; 2008 ptr[i] = NUL; 2009 while (--i >= 0) 2010 ptr[i] = ' '; 2011 ins_str(ptr); 2012 vim_free(ptr); 2013 } 2014 } 2015 2016 /* 2017 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset 2018 * Insstart_col to 0. 2019 */ 2020 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 2021 } 2022 2023 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; 2024 2025 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) 2026 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 2027 else 2028 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 2029 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 2030 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 2031 2032 /* 2033 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. 2034 */ 2035 if (State & INSERT) 2036 { 2037 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) 2038 { 2039 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) 2040 Insstart.col = 0; 2041 else 2042 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; 2043 } 2044 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) 2045 ai_col = 0; 2046 else 2047 ai_col -= insstart_less; 2048 } 2049 2050 /* 2051 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. 2052 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a 2053 * few characters from the replace stack. 2054 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a 2055 * few NULs onto the replace stack. 2056 */ 2057 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) 2058 { 2059 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) 2060 { 2061 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2062 --start_col; 2063 } 2064 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) 2065 { 2066 replace_push(NUL); 2067 if (replaced) 2068 { 2069 replace_push(replaced); 2070 replaced = NUL; 2071 } 2072 ++start_col; 2073 } 2074 } 2075 2076 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 2077 /* 2078 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case 2079 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then 2080 * put it back again the way we wanted it. 2081 */ 2082 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 2083 { 2084 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, 2085 * even if you can't backspace. */ 2086 if (orig_line == NULL) 2087 return; 2088 2089 /* Save new line */ 2090 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 2091 if (new_line == NULL) 2092 return; 2093 2094 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ 2095 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; 2096 2097 /* Put back original line */ 2098 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 2099 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 2100 2101 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ 2102 backspace_until_column(0); 2103 2104 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ 2105 ins_bytes(new_line); 2106 2107 vim_free(new_line); 2108 } 2109 #endif 2110 } 2111 2112 /* 2113 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an 2114 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE 2115 * modes. 2116 */ 2117 void 2118 truncate_spaces(char_u *line) 2119 { 2120 int i; 2121 2122 /* find start of trailing white space */ 2123 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) 2124 { 2125 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2126 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2127 } 2128 line[i + 1] = NUL; 2129 } 2130 2131 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ 2132 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) 2133 /* 2134 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE 2135 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. 2136 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing 2137 * character. 2138 */ 2139 void 2140 backspace_until_column(int col) 2141 { 2142 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 2143 { 2144 curwin->w_cursor.col--; 2145 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2146 replace_do_bs(col); 2147 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) 2148 break; 2149 } 2150 } 2151 #endif 2152 2153 /* 2154 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". 2155 * Only matters when there are composing characters. 2156 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. 2157 */ 2158 static int 2159 del_char_after_col(int limit_col UNUSED) 2160 { 2161 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2162 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) 2163 { 2164 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; 2165 2166 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but 2167 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a 2168 * composing character. */ 2169 mb_adjust_cursor(); 2170 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) 2171 { 2172 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); 2173 2174 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ 2175 break; 2176 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 2177 } 2178 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) 2179 return FALSE; 2180 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); 2181 } 2182 else 2183 #endif 2184 (void)del_char(FALSE); 2185 return TRUE; 2186 } 2187 2188 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) 2189 /* 2190 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. 2191 */ 2192 static void 2193 ins_ctrl_x(void) 2194 { 2195 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X 2196 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ 2197 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 2198 { 2199 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset 2200 * compl_cont_status */ 2201 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) 2202 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; 2203 else 2204 compl_cont_status = 0; 2205 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ 2206 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2207 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 2208 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 2209 showmode(); 2210 } 2211 } 2212 2213 /* 2214 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. 2215 */ 2216 static int 2217 has_compl_option(int dict_opt) 2218 { 2219 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL 2220 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2221 && !curwin->w_p_spell 2222 # endif 2223 ) 2224 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) 2225 { 2226 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 2227 edit_submode = NULL; 2228 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") 2229 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), 2230 hl_attr(HLF_E)); 2231 if (emsg_silent == 0) 2232 { 2233 vim_beep(BO_COMPL); 2234 setcursor(); 2235 out_flush(); 2236 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); 2237 } 2238 return FALSE; 2239 } 2240 return TRUE; 2241 } 2242 2243 /* 2244 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? 2245 * This depends on the current mode. 2246 */ 2247 int 2248 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(int c) 2249 { 2250 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ 2251 if (c == Ctrl_R) 2252 return TRUE; 2253 2254 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ 2255 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 2256 return TRUE; 2257 2258 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2259 { 2260 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ 2261 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); 2262 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: 2263 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E 2264 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB 2265 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P 2266 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V 2267 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O 2268 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); 2269 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: 2270 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); 2271 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2272 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2273 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2274 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2275 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 2276 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2277 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 2278 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2279 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 2280 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2281 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 2282 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 2283 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2284 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 2285 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2286 #endif 2287 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2288 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N 2289 || c == Ctrl_X); 2290 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 2291 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 2292 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2293 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2294 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2295 #endif 2296 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 2297 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2298 case CTRL_X_EVAL: 2299 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2300 } 2301 EMSG(_(e_internal)); 2302 return FALSE; 2303 } 2304 2305 /* 2306 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being 2307 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu 2308 * is visible. 2309 */ 2310 static int 2311 ins_compl_accept_char(int c) 2312 { 2313 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 2314 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ 2315 return vim_isIDc(c); 2316 2317 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2318 { 2319 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2320 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not 2321 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in 2322 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ 2323 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); 2324 2325 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2326 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2327 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any 2328 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ 2329 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); 2330 2331 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2332 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ 2333 return vim_isprintc(c); 2334 } 2335 return vim_iswordc(c); 2336 } 2337 2338 /* 2339 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the 2340 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed 2341 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted 2342 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb 2343 */ 2344 int 2345 ins_compl_add_infercase( 2346 char_u *str, 2347 int len, 2348 int icase, 2349 char_u *fname, 2350 int dir, 2351 int flags) 2352 { 2353 char_u *p; 2354 int i, c; 2355 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ 2356 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ 2357 int min_len; 2358 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ 2359 int has_lower = FALSE; 2360 int was_letter = FALSE; 2361 2362 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) 2363 { 2364 /* Infer case of completed part. */ 2365 2366 /* Find actual length of completion. */ 2367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2368 if (has_mbyte) 2369 { 2370 p = str; 2371 actual_len = 0; 2372 while (*p != NUL) 2373 { 2374 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2375 ++actual_len; 2376 } 2377 } 2378 else 2379 #endif 2380 actual_len = len; 2381 2382 /* Find actual length of original text. */ 2383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2384 if (has_mbyte) 2385 { 2386 p = compl_orig_text; 2387 actual_compl_length = 0; 2388 while (*p != NUL) 2389 { 2390 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2391 ++actual_compl_length; 2392 } 2393 } 2394 else 2395 #endif 2396 actual_compl_length = compl_length; 2397 2398 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using 2399 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ 2400 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length 2401 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; 2402 2403 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ 2404 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); 2405 if (wca != NULL) 2406 { 2407 p = str; 2408 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) 2409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2410 if (has_mbyte) 2411 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2412 else 2413 #endif 2414 wca[i] = *(p++); 2415 2416 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ 2417 p = compl_orig_text; 2418 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2419 { 2420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2421 if (has_mbyte) 2422 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2423 else 2424 #endif 2425 c = *(p++); 2426 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2427 { 2428 has_lower = TRUE; 2429 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) 2430 { 2431 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ 2432 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2433 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2434 break; 2435 } 2436 } 2437 } 2438 2439 /* 2440 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to 2441 * upper case. 2442 */ 2443 if (!has_lower) 2444 { 2445 p = compl_orig_text; 2446 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2447 { 2448 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2449 if (has_mbyte) 2450 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2451 else 2452 #endif 2453 c = *(p++); 2454 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) 2455 { 2456 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ 2457 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2458 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2459 break; 2460 } 2461 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); 2462 } 2463 } 2464 2465 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ 2466 p = compl_orig_text; 2467 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2468 { 2469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2470 if (has_mbyte) 2471 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2472 else 2473 #endif 2474 c = *(p++); 2475 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2476 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2477 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) 2478 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2479 } 2480 2481 /* 2482 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. 2483 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than 2484 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay 2485 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. 2486 */ 2487 p = IObuff; 2488 i = 0; 2489 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) 2490 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2491 if (has_mbyte) 2492 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); 2493 else 2494 #endif 2495 *(p++) = wca[i++]; 2496 *p = NUL; 2497 2498 vim_free(wca); 2499 } 2500 2501 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, 2502 flags, FALSE); 2503 } 2504 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); 2505 } 2506 2507 /* 2508 * Add a match to the list of matches. 2509 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 2510 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 2511 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 2512 */ 2513 static int 2514 ins_compl_add( 2515 char_u *str, 2516 int len, 2517 int icase, 2518 char_u *fname, 2519 char_u **cptext, /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ 2520 int cdir, 2521 int flags, 2522 int adup) /* accept duplicate match */ 2523 { 2524 compl_T *match; 2525 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); 2526 2527 ui_breakcheck(); 2528 if (got_int) 2529 return FAIL; 2530 if (len < 0) 2531 len = (int)STRLEN(str); 2532 2533 /* 2534 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. 2535 */ 2536 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) 2537 { 2538 match = compl_first_match; 2539 do 2540 { 2541 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2542 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 2543 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) 2544 return NOTDONE; 2545 match = match->cp_next; 2546 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); 2547 } 2548 2549 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ 2550 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2551 2552 /* 2553 * Allocate a new match structure. 2554 * Copy the values to the new match structure. 2555 */ 2556 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); 2557 if (match == NULL) 2558 return FAIL; 2559 match->cp_number = -1; 2560 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2561 match->cp_number = 0; 2562 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) 2563 { 2564 vim_free(match); 2565 return FAIL; 2566 } 2567 match->cp_icase = icase; 2568 2569 /* match-fname is: 2570 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. 2571 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. 2572 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ 2573 if (fname != NULL 2574 && compl_curr_match != NULL 2575 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL 2576 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) 2577 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; 2578 else if (fname != NULL) 2579 { 2580 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); 2581 flags |= FREE_FNAME; 2582 } 2583 else 2584 match->cp_fname = NULL; 2585 match->cp_flags = flags; 2586 2587 if (cptext != NULL) 2588 { 2589 int i; 2590 2591 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 2592 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) 2593 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); 2594 } 2595 2596 /* 2597 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. 2598 */ 2599 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 2600 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; 2601 else if (dir == FORWARD) 2602 { 2603 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 2604 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; 2605 } 2606 else /* BACKWARD */ 2607 { 2608 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; 2609 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; 2610 } 2611 if (match->cp_next) 2612 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; 2613 if (match->cp_prev) 2614 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; 2615 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ 2616 compl_first_match = match; 2617 compl_curr_match = match; 2618 2619 /* 2620 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. 2621 */ 2622 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 2623 ins_compl_longest_match(match); 2624 2625 return OK; 2626 } 2627 2628 /* 2629 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering 2630 * match->cp_icase. 2631 */ 2632 static int 2633 ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len) 2634 { 2635 if (match->cp_icase) 2636 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2637 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2638 } 2639 2640 /* 2641 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". 2642 */ 2643 static void 2644 ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match) 2645 { 2646 char_u *p, *s; 2647 int c1, c2; 2648 int had_match; 2649 2650 if (compl_leader == NULL) 2651 { 2652 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ 2653 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); 2654 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2655 { 2656 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2657 ins_compl_delete(); 2658 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2659 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2660 2661 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2662 * again after redrawing. */ 2663 if (!had_match) 2664 ins_compl_delete(); 2665 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2666 } 2667 } 2668 else 2669 { 2670 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ 2671 p = compl_leader; 2672 s = match->cp_str; 2673 while (*p != NUL) 2674 { 2675 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2676 if (has_mbyte) 2677 { 2678 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); 2679 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); 2680 } 2681 else 2682 #endif 2683 { 2684 c1 = *p; 2685 c2 = *s; 2686 } 2687 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) 2688 : (c1 != c2)) 2689 break; 2690 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2691 if (has_mbyte) 2692 { 2693 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2694 mb_ptr_adv(s); 2695 } 2696 else 2697 #endif 2698 { 2699 ++p; 2700 ++s; 2701 } 2702 } 2703 2704 if (*p != NUL) 2705 { 2706 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ 2707 *p = NUL; 2708 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2709 ins_compl_delete(); 2710 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2711 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2712 2713 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2714 * again after redrawing. */ 2715 if (!had_match) 2716 ins_compl_delete(); 2717 } 2718 2719 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2720 } 2721 } 2722 2723 /* 2724 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. 2725 * Frees matches[]. 2726 */ 2727 static void 2728 ins_compl_add_matches( 2729 int num_matches, 2730 char_u **matches, 2731 int icase) 2732 { 2733 int i; 2734 int add_r = OK; 2735 int dir = compl_direction; 2736 2737 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) 2738 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, 2739 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) 2740 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 2741 dir = FORWARD; 2742 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 2743 } 2744 2745 /* Make the completion list cyclic. 2746 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). 2747 */ 2748 static int 2749 ins_compl_make_cyclic(void) 2750 { 2751 compl_T *match; 2752 int count = 0; 2753 2754 if (compl_first_match != NULL) 2755 { 2756 /* 2757 * Find the end of the list. 2758 */ 2759 match = compl_first_match; 2760 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ 2761 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 2762 { 2763 match = match->cp_next; 2764 ++count; 2765 } 2766 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; 2767 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; 2768 } 2769 return count; 2770 } 2771 2772 /* 2773 * Set variables that store noselect and noinsert behavior from the 2774 * 'completeopt' value. 2775 */ 2776 void 2777 completeopt_was_set(void) 2778 { 2779 compl_no_insert = FALSE; 2780 compl_no_select = FALSE; 2781 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noselect") != NULL) 2782 compl_no_select = TRUE; 2783 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noinsert") != NULL) 2784 compl_no_insert = TRUE; 2785 } 2786 2787 /* 2788 * Start completion for the complete() function. 2789 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). 2790 * "list" is the list of matches. 2791 */ 2792 void 2793 set_completion(colnr_T startcol, list_T *list) 2794 { 2795 int save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 2796 2797 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ 2798 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 2799 ins_compl_prep(' '); 2800 ins_compl_clear(); 2801 2802 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 2803 return; 2804 2805 compl_direction = FORWARD; 2806 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) 2807 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2808 compl_col = startcol; 2809 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; 2810 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ 2811 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); 2812 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 2813 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 2814 return; 2815 2816 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL; 2817 2818 ins_compl_add_list(list); 2819 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 2820 compl_started = TRUE; 2821 compl_used_match = TRUE; 2822 compl_cont_status = 0; 2823 2824 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 2825 if (compl_no_insert || compl_no_select) 2826 { 2827 ins_complete(K_DOWN, FALSE); 2828 if (compl_no_select) 2829 /* Down/Up has no real effect. */ 2830 ins_complete(K_UP, FALSE); 2831 } 2832 else 2833 ins_complete(Ctrl_N, FALSE); 2834 compl_enter_selects = compl_no_insert; 2835 2836 /* Lazily show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 2837 if (!compl_interrupted) 2838 show_pum(save_w_wrow); 2839 out_flush(); 2840 } 2841 2842 2843 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the 2844 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ 2845 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; 2846 static int compl_match_arraysize; 2847 2848 /* 2849 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. 2850 */ 2851 static void 2852 ins_compl_upd_pum(void) 2853 { 2854 int h; 2855 2856 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2857 { 2858 h = curwin->w_cline_height; 2859 update_screen(0); 2860 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) 2861 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2862 } 2863 } 2864 2865 /* 2866 * Remove any popup menu. 2867 */ 2868 static void 2869 ins_compl_del_pum(void) 2870 { 2871 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2872 { 2873 pum_undisplay(); 2874 vim_free(compl_match_array); 2875 compl_match_array = NULL; 2876 } 2877 } 2878 2879 /* 2880 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. 2881 */ 2882 static int 2883 pum_wanted(void) 2884 { 2885 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ 2886 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) 2887 return FALSE; 2888 2889 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ 2890 if (t_colors < 8 2891 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 2892 && !gui.in_use 2893 #endif 2894 ) 2895 return FALSE; 2896 return TRUE; 2897 } 2898 2899 /* 2900 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. 2901 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". 2902 */ 2903 static int 2904 pum_enough_matches(void) 2905 { 2906 compl_T *compl; 2907 int i; 2908 2909 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only 2910 * one (ignoring the original text). */ 2911 compl = compl_first_match; 2912 i = 0; 2913 do 2914 { 2915 if (compl == NULL 2916 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) 2917 break; 2918 compl = compl->cp_next; 2919 } while (compl != compl_first_match); 2920 2921 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) 2922 return (i >= 1); 2923 return (i >= 2); 2924 } 2925 2926 /* 2927 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. 2928 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. 2929 */ 2930 void 2931 ins_compl_show_pum(void) 2932 { 2933 compl_T *compl; 2934 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; 2935 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; 2936 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; 2937 int i; 2938 int cur = -1; 2939 colnr_T col; 2940 int lead_len = 0; 2941 2942 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) 2943 return; 2944 2945 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 2946 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ 2947 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); 2948 #endif 2949 2950 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ 2951 update_screen(0); 2952 2953 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 2954 { 2955 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ 2956 compl_match_arraysize = 0; 2957 compl = compl_first_match; 2958 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2959 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); 2960 do 2961 { 2962 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2963 && (compl_leader == NULL 2964 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2965 ++compl_match_arraysize; 2966 compl = compl->cp_next; 2967 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2968 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) 2969 return; 2970 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( 2971 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) 2972 * compl_match_arraysize)); 2973 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2974 { 2975 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first 2976 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ 2977 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2978 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2979 2980 i = 0; 2981 compl = compl_first_match; 2982 do 2983 { 2984 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2985 && (compl_leader == NULL 2986 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2987 { 2988 if (!shown_match_ok) 2989 { 2990 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) 2991 { 2992 /* This item is the shown match or this is the 2993 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ 2994 compl_shown_match = compl; 2995 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2996 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2997 } 2998 else 2999 /* Remember this displayed match for when the 3000 * shown match is just below it. */ 3001 shown_compl = compl; 3002 cur = i; 3003 } 3004 3005 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) 3006 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = 3007 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; 3008 else 3009 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; 3010 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; 3011 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; 3012 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) 3013 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = 3014 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; 3015 else 3016 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; 3017 } 3018 3019 if (compl == compl_shown_match) 3020 { 3021 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 3022 3023 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set 3024 * compl_shown_match. */ 3025 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3026 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3027 3028 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) 3029 { 3030 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the 3031 * previously displayed match. */ 3032 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; 3033 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3034 } 3035 } 3036 compl = compl->cp_next; 3037 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 3038 3039 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ 3040 cur = -1; 3041 } 3042 } 3043 else 3044 { 3045 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ 3046 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) 3047 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str 3048 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text 3049 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) 3050 { 3051 cur = i; 3052 break; 3053 } 3054 } 3055 3056 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 3057 { 3058 /* In Replace mode when a $ is displayed at the end of the line only 3059 * part of the screen would be updated. We do need to redraw here. */ 3060 dollar_vcol = -1; 3061 3062 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. 3063 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ 3064 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3065 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; 3066 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); 3067 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 3068 } 3069 } 3070 3071 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ 3072 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ 3073 3074 /* 3075 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary 3076 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. 3077 */ 3078 static void 3079 ins_compl_dictionaries( 3080 char_u *dict_start, 3081 char_u *pat, 3082 int flags, /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ 3083 int thesaurus) /* Thesaurus completion */ 3084 { 3085 char_u *dict = dict_start; 3086 char_u *ptr; 3087 char_u *buf; 3088 regmatch_T regmatch; 3089 char_u **files; 3090 int count; 3091 int save_p_scs; 3092 int dir = compl_direction; 3093 3094 if (*dict == NUL) 3095 { 3096 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3097 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use 3098 * "spell". */ 3099 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) 3100 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; 3101 else 3102 #endif 3103 return; 3104 } 3105 3106 buf = alloc(LSIZE); 3107 if (buf == NULL) 3108 return; 3109 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ 3110 3111 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ 3112 save_p_scs = p_scs; 3113 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) 3114 p_scs = FALSE; 3115 3116 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern 3117 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the 3118 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ 3119 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 3120 { 3121 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); 3122 size_t len; 3123 3124 if (pat_esc == NULL) 3125 goto theend; 3126 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; 3127 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); 3128 if (ptr == NULL) 3129 { 3130 vim_free(pat_esc); 3131 goto theend; 3132 } 3133 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); 3134 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); 3135 vim_free(pat_esc); 3136 vim_free(ptr); 3137 } 3138 else 3139 { 3140 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); 3141 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 3142 goto theend; 3143 } 3144 3145 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ 3146 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); 3147 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) 3148 { 3149 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ 3150 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) 3151 { 3152 count = 1; 3153 files = &dict; 3154 } 3155 else 3156 { 3157 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow 3158 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in 3159 * a modeline). */ 3160 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); 3161 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3162 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) 3163 count = -1; 3164 else 3165 # endif 3166 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL 3167 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, 3168 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) 3169 count = 0; 3170 } 3171 3172 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3173 if (count == -1) 3174 { 3175 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we 3176 * don't use it as a RE. */ 3177 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') 3178 ptr = pat + 2; 3179 else 3180 ptr = pat; 3181 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); 3182 } 3183 else 3184 # endif 3185 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ 3186 { 3187 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, 3188 ®match, buf, &dir); 3189 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3190 FreeWild(count, files); 3191 } 3192 if (flags != 0) 3193 break; 3194 } 3195 3196 theend: 3197 p_scs = save_p_scs; 3198 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3199 vim_free(buf); 3200 } 3201 3202 static void 3203 ins_compl_files( 3204 int count, 3205 char_u **files, 3206 int thesaurus, 3207 int flags, 3208 regmatch_T *regmatch, 3209 char_u *buf, 3210 int *dir) 3211 { 3212 char_u *ptr; 3213 int i; 3214 FILE *fp; 3215 int add_r; 3216 3217 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) 3218 { 3219 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ 3220 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3221 { 3222 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 3223 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); 3224 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 3225 } 3226 3227 if (fp != NULL) 3228 { 3229 /* 3230 * Read dictionary file line by line. 3231 * Check each line for a match. 3232 */ 3233 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted 3234 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) 3235 { 3236 ptr = buf; 3237 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) 3238 { 3239 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; 3240 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 3241 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); 3242 else 3243 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3244 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], 3245 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), 3246 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3247 if (thesaurus) 3248 { 3249 char_u *wstart; 3250 3251 /* 3252 * Add the other matches on the line 3253 */ 3254 ptr = buf; 3255 while (!got_int) 3256 { 3257 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white 3258 * space and punctuation. */ 3259 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); 3260 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) 3261 break; 3262 wstart = ptr; 3263 3264 /* Find end of the word. */ 3265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3266 if (has_mbyte) 3267 /* Japanese words may have characters in 3268 * different classes, only separate words 3269 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ 3270 while (*ptr != NUL) 3271 { 3272 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3273 3274 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3275 break; 3276 ptr += l; 3277 } 3278 else 3279 #endif 3280 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3281 3282 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ 3283 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) 3284 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, 3285 (int)(ptr - wstart), 3286 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3287 } 3288 } 3289 if (add_r == OK) 3290 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3291 *dir = FORWARD; 3292 else if (add_r == FAIL) 3293 break; 3294 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end 3295 * of line */ 3296 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) 3297 break; 3298 } 3299 line_breakcheck(); 3300 ins_compl_check_keys(50); 3301 } 3302 fclose(fp); 3303 } 3304 } 3305 } 3306 3307 /* 3308 * Find the start of the next word. 3309 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. 3310 */ 3311 char_u * 3312 find_word_start(char_u *ptr) 3313 { 3314 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3315 if (has_mbyte) 3316 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) 3317 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3318 else 3319 #endif 3320 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3321 ++ptr; 3322 return ptr; 3323 } 3324 3325 /* 3326 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. 3327 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. 3328 */ 3329 char_u * 3330 find_word_end(char_u *ptr) 3331 { 3332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3333 int start_class; 3334 3335 if (has_mbyte) 3336 { 3337 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); 3338 if (start_class > 1) 3339 while (*ptr != NUL) 3340 { 3341 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3342 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) 3343 break; 3344 } 3345 } 3346 else 3347 #endif 3348 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3349 ++ptr; 3350 return ptr; 3351 } 3352 3353 /* 3354 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. 3355 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. 3356 */ 3357 static char_u * 3358 find_line_end(char_u *ptr) 3359 { 3360 char_u *s; 3361 3362 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); 3363 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) 3364 --s; 3365 return s; 3366 } 3367 3368 /* 3369 * Free the list of completions 3370 */ 3371 static void 3372 ins_compl_free(void) 3373 { 3374 compl_T *match; 3375 int i; 3376 3377 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3378 compl_pattern = NULL; 3379 vim_free(compl_leader); 3380 compl_leader = NULL; 3381 3382 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 3383 return; 3384 3385 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3386 pum_clear(); 3387 3388 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 3389 do 3390 { 3391 match = compl_curr_match; 3392 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 3393 vim_free(match->cp_str); 3394 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ 3395 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) 3396 vim_free(match->cp_fname); 3397 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 3398 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); 3399 vim_free(match); 3400 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); 3401 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; 3402 compl_shown_match = NULL; 3403 } 3404 3405 static void 3406 ins_compl_clear(void) 3407 { 3408 compl_cont_status = 0; 3409 compl_started = FALSE; 3410 compl_matches = 0; 3411 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3412 compl_pattern = NULL; 3413 vim_free(compl_leader); 3414 compl_leader = NULL; 3415 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3416 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 3417 compl_orig_text = NULL; 3418 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3419 /* clear v:completed_item */ 3420 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 3421 } 3422 3423 /* 3424 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. 3425 */ 3426 int 3427 ins_compl_active(void) 3428 { 3429 return compl_started; 3430 } 3431 3432 /* 3433 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches 3434 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. 3435 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char 3436 * to be got from the user. 3437 */ 3438 static int 3439 ins_compl_bs(void) 3440 { 3441 char_u *line; 3442 char_u *p; 3443 3444 line = ml_get_curline(); 3445 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; 3446 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 3447 3448 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion 3449 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ 3450 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 3451 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 3452 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL) 3453 return K_BS; 3454 3455 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish 3456 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ 3457 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length 3458 || ins_compl_need_restart()) 3459 ins_compl_restart(); 3460 3461 vim_free(compl_leader); 3462 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); 3463 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3464 { 3465 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3466 if (compl_shown_match != NULL) 3467 /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */ 3468 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 3469 return NUL; 3470 } 3471 return K_BS; 3472 } 3473 3474 /* 3475 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to 3476 * be called. 3477 */ 3478 static int 3479 ins_compl_need_restart(void) 3480 { 3481 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the 3482 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ 3483 return compl_was_interrupted 3484 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 3485 && compl_opt_refresh_always); 3486 } 3487 3488 /* 3489 * Called after changing "compl_leader". 3490 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. 3491 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. 3492 */ 3493 static void 3494 ins_compl_new_leader(void) 3495 { 3496 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3497 ins_compl_delete(); 3498 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3499 compl_used_match = FALSE; 3500 3501 if (compl_started) 3502 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); 3503 else 3504 { 3505 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3506 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ 3507 #endif 3508 /* 3509 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display 3510 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to 3511 * avoid that the first match is inserted. 3512 */ 3513 update_screen(0); 3514 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3515 if (gui.in_use) 3516 { 3517 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 3518 setcursor(); 3519 out_flush(); 3520 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 3521 } 3522 #endif 3523 compl_restarting = TRUE; 3524 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N, TRUE) == FAIL) 3525 compl_cont_status = 0; 3526 compl_restarting = FALSE; 3527 } 3528 3529 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; 3530 3531 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ 3532 ins_compl_show_pum(); 3533 3534 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ 3535 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 3536 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3537 } 3538 3539 /* 3540 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to 3541 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. 3542 */ 3543 static int 3544 ins_compl_len(void) 3545 { 3546 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3547 3548 if (off < 0) 3549 return 0; 3550 return off; 3551 } 3552 3553 /* 3554 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3555 * matches. 3556 */ 3557 static void 3558 ins_compl_addleader(int c) 3559 { 3560 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3561 int cc; 3562 3563 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 3564 { 3565 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 3566 3567 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 3568 buf[cc] = NUL; 3569 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 3570 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3571 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 3572 } 3573 else 3574 #endif 3575 { 3576 ins_char(c); 3577 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3578 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 3579 } 3580 3581 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ 3582 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) 3583 ins_compl_restart(); 3584 3585 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, 3586 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would 3587 * break redo. */ 3588 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) 3589 { 3590 vim_free(compl_leader); 3591 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, 3592 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); 3593 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3594 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3595 } 3596 } 3597 3598 /* 3599 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when 3600 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. 3601 */ 3602 static void 3603 ins_compl_restart(void) 3604 { 3605 ins_compl_free(); 3606 compl_started = FALSE; 3607 compl_matches = 0; 3608 compl_cont_status = 0; 3609 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3610 } 3611 3612 /* 3613 * Set the first match, the original text. 3614 */ 3615 static void 3616 ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str) 3617 { 3618 char_u *p; 3619 3620 /* Replace the original text entry. */ 3621 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ 3622 { 3623 p = vim_strsave(str); 3624 if (p != NULL) 3625 { 3626 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); 3627 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; 3628 } 3629 } 3630 } 3631 3632 /* 3633 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3634 * matches. 3635 */ 3636 static void 3637 ins_compl_addfrommatch(void) 3638 { 3639 char_u *p; 3640 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3641 int c; 3642 compl_T *cp; 3643 3644 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; 3645 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ 3646 { 3647 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches 3648 * the leader. */ 3649 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3650 { 3651 p = NULL; 3652 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL 3653 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) 3654 { 3655 if (compl_leader == NULL 3656 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, 3657 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 3658 { 3659 p = cp->cp_str; 3660 break; 3661 } 3662 } 3663 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) 3664 return; 3665 } 3666 else 3667 return; 3668 } 3669 p += len; 3670 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 3671 ins_compl_addleader(c); 3672 } 3673 3674 /* 3675 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. 3676 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. 3677 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; 3678 */ 3679 static int 3680 ins_compl_prep(int c) 3681 { 3682 char_u *ptr; 3683 int want_cindent; 3684 int retval = FALSE; 3685 3686 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually 3687 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. 3688 */ 3689 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3690 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3691 3692 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ 3693 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP 3694 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) 3695 return retval; 3696 3697 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ 3698 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 3699 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) 3700 { 3701 compl_get_longest = (strstr((char *)p_cot, "longest") != NULL); 3702 compl_used_match = TRUE; 3703 3704 } 3705 3706 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) 3707 { 3708 /* 3709 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode 3710 * it will be yet. Now we decide. 3711 */ 3712 switch (c) 3713 { 3714 case Ctrl_E: 3715 case Ctrl_Y: 3716 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; 3717 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 3718 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3719 else 3720 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3721 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 3722 showmode(); 3723 break; 3724 case Ctrl_L: 3725 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 3726 break; 3727 case Ctrl_F: 3728 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; 3729 break; 3730 case Ctrl_K: 3731 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3732 break; 3733 case Ctrl_R: 3734 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ 3735 break; 3736 case Ctrl_T: 3737 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3738 break; 3739 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3740 case Ctrl_U: 3741 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; 3742 break; 3743 case Ctrl_O: 3744 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; 3745 break; 3746 #endif 3747 case 's': 3748 case Ctrl_S: 3749 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; 3750 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3751 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ 3752 spell_back_to_badword(); 3753 --emsg_off; 3754 #endif 3755 break; 3756 case Ctrl_RSB: 3757 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3758 break; 3759 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3760 case Ctrl_I: 3761 case K_S_TAB: 3762 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3763 break; 3764 case Ctrl_D: 3765 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3766 break; 3767 #endif 3768 case Ctrl_V: 3769 case Ctrl_Q: 3770 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; 3771 break; 3772 case Ctrl_P: 3773 case Ctrl_N: 3774 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we 3775 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel 3776 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) 3777 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say 3778 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) 3779 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag 3780 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ 3781 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) 3782 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; 3783 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3784 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; 3785 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3786 default: 3787 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set 3788 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X 3789 * mode). 3790 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible 3791 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same 3792 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). 3793 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 3794 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. 3795 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING 3796 * mode -- Acevedo */ 3797 if (c == Ctrl_X) 3798 { 3799 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3800 compl_cont_status = 0; 3801 else 3802 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 3803 } 3804 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3805 edit_submode = NULL; 3806 showmode(); 3807 break; 3808 } 3809 } 3810 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 3811 { 3812 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ 3813 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3814 { 3815 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 3816 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3817 else 3818 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; 3819 edit_submode = NULL; 3820 } 3821 showmode(); 3822 } 3823 3824 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3825 { 3826 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably 3827 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to 3828 * showing what mode we are in. */ 3829 showmode(); 3830 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R 3831 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 3832 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3833 { 3834 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and 3835 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up 3836 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ 3837 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) 3838 { 3839 /* 3840 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when 3841 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo 3842 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part 3843 * of the original text that has changed. 3844 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used 3845 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. 3846 */ 3847 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) 3848 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; 3849 else 3850 ptr = NULL; 3851 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); 3852 } 3853 3854 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3855 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); 3856 #endif 3857 /* 3858 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. 3859 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. 3860 */ 3861 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3862 { 3863 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3864 /* re-indent the current line */ 3865 if (want_cindent) 3866 { 3867 do_c_expr_indent(); 3868 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ 3869 } 3870 #endif 3871 } 3872 else 3873 { 3874 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3875 3876 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ 3877 if (prev_col > 0) 3878 dec_cursor(); 3879 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 3880 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); 3881 if (prev_col > 0 3882 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) 3883 inc_cursor(); 3884 } 3885 3886 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting 3887 * the selection without inserting anything. When 3888 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 3889 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 3890 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 3891 && pum_visible()) 3892 retval = TRUE; 3893 3894 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. 3895 * but only do this, if the Popup is still visible */ 3896 if (c == Ctrl_E) 3897 { 3898 ins_compl_delete(); 3899 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3900 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3901 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) 3902 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 3903 retval = TRUE; 3904 } 3905 3906 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 3907 3908 ins_compl_free(); 3909 compl_started = FALSE; 3910 compl_matches = 0; 3911 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 3912 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 3913 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3914 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3915 if (edit_submode != NULL) 3916 { 3917 edit_submode = NULL; 3918 showmode(); 3919 } 3920 3921 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3922 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 3923 /* Avoid the popup menu remains displayed when leaving the 3924 * command line window. */ 3925 update_screen(0); 3926 #endif 3927 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3928 /* 3929 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 3930 */ 3931 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) 3932 do_c_expr_indent(); 3933 #endif 3934 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3935 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3936 * upon the completion. */ 3937 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3938 #endif 3939 } 3940 } 3941 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3942 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG) 3943 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3944 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */ 3945 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3946 #endif 3947 3948 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be 3949 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ 3950 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3951 { 3952 compl_cont_status = 0; 3953 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3954 } 3955 3956 return retval; 3957 } 3958 3959 /* 3960 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed 3961 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. 3962 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. 3963 */ 3964 static void 3965 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg) 3966 { 3967 int len; 3968 char_u *p; 3969 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; 3970 3971 if (ptr == NULL) 3972 { 3973 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3974 ptr = compl_leader; 3975 else 3976 return; /* nothing to do */ 3977 } 3978 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) 3979 { 3980 p = compl_orig_text; 3981 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) 3982 ; 3983 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3984 if (len > 0) 3985 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); 3986 #endif 3987 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 3988 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); 3989 } 3990 else 3991 len = 0; 3992 if (ptr != NULL) 3993 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); 3994 } 3995 3996 /* 3997 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers 3998 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned 3999 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with 4000 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. 4001 * 4002 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo 4003 */ 4004 static buf_T * 4005 ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag) 4006 { 4007 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 4008 static win_T *wp; 4009 #endif 4010 4011 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ 4012 { 4013 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 4014 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ 4015 wp = curwin; 4016 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin 4017 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) 4018 ; 4019 buf = wp->w_buffer; 4020 #else 4021 buf = curbuf; 4022 #endif 4023 } 4024 else 4025 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' 4026 * (unlisted buffers) 4027 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ 4028 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf 4029 && ((flag == 'U' 4030 ? buf->b_p_bl 4031 : (!buf->b_p_bl 4032 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) 4033 || buf->b_scanned)) 4034 ; 4035 return buf; 4036 } 4037 4038 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4039 static void expand_by_function(int type, char_u *base); 4040 4041 /* 4042 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and 4043 * get matches in "matches". 4044 */ 4045 static void 4046 expand_by_function( 4047 int type, /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ 4048 char_u *base) 4049 { 4050 list_T *matchlist = NULL; 4051 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; 4052 char_u *args[2]; 4053 char_u *funcname; 4054 pos_T pos; 4055 win_T *curwin_save; 4056 buf_T *curbuf_save; 4057 typval_T rettv; 4058 4059 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 4060 if (*funcname == NUL) 4061 return; 4062 4063 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ 4064 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; 4065 args[1] = base; 4066 4067 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4068 curwin_save = curwin; 4069 curbuf_save = curbuf; 4070 4071 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ 4072 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) 4073 { 4074 switch (rettv.v_type) 4075 { 4076 case VAR_LIST: 4077 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; 4078 break; 4079 case VAR_DICT: 4080 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; 4081 break; 4082 default: 4083 /* TODO: Give error message? */ 4084 clear_tv(&rettv); 4085 break; 4086 } 4087 } 4088 4089 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 4090 { 4091 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 4092 goto theend; 4093 } 4094 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 4095 validate_cursor(); 4096 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 4097 { 4098 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 4099 goto theend; 4100 } 4101 4102 if (matchlist != NULL) 4103 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); 4104 else if (matchdict != NULL) 4105 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); 4106 4107 theend: 4108 if (matchdict != NULL) 4109 dict_unref(matchdict); 4110 if (matchlist != NULL) 4111 list_unref(matchlist); 4112 } 4113 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ 4114 4115 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 4116 /* 4117 * Add completions from a list. 4118 */ 4119 static void 4120 ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list) 4121 { 4122 listitem_T *li; 4123 int dir = compl_direction; 4124 4125 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ 4126 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 4127 { 4128 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) 4129 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 4130 dir = FORWARD; 4131 else if (did_emsg) 4132 break; 4133 } 4134 } 4135 4136 /* 4137 * Add completions from a dict. 4138 */ 4139 static void 4140 ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict) 4141 { 4142 dictitem_T *di_refresh; 4143 dictitem_T *di_words; 4144 4145 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ 4146 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 4147 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); 4148 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 4149 { 4150 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; 4151 4152 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) 4153 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; 4154 } 4155 4156 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ 4157 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); 4158 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 4159 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); 4160 } 4161 4162 /* 4163 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. 4164 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 4165 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 4166 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 4167 */ 4168 int 4169 ins_compl_add_tv(typval_T *tv, int dir) 4170 { 4171 char_u *word; 4172 int icase = FALSE; 4173 int adup = FALSE; 4174 int aempty = FALSE; 4175 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); 4176 4177 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 4178 { 4179 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); 4180 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4181 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); 4182 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4183 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); 4184 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4185 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); 4186 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4187 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); 4188 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) 4189 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); 4190 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) 4191 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); 4192 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) 4193 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); 4194 } 4195 else 4196 { 4197 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 4198 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); 4199 } 4200 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) 4201 return FAIL; 4202 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); 4203 } 4204 #endif 4205 4206 /* 4207 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". 4208 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction 4209 * compl_direction. 4210 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue 4211 * where we stopped searching before. 4212 * This may return before finding all the matches. 4213 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo 4214 */ 4215 static int 4216 ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini) 4217 { 4218 static pos_T first_match_pos; 4219 static pos_T last_match_pos; 4220 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ 4221 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a 4222 certain type. */ 4223 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ 4224 4225 pos_T *pos; 4226 char_u **matches; 4227 int save_p_scs; 4228 int save_p_ws; 4229 int save_p_ic; 4230 int i; 4231 int num_matches; 4232 int len; 4233 int found_new_match; 4234 int type = ctrl_x_mode; 4235 char_u *ptr; 4236 char_u *dict = NULL; 4237 int dict_f = 0; 4238 compl_T *old_match; 4239 int set_match_pos; 4240 4241 if (!compl_started) 4242 { 4243 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(ins_buf) 4244 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; 4245 found_all = FALSE; 4246 ins_buf = curbuf; 4247 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 4248 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; 4249 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; 4250 } 4251 4252 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ 4253 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; 4254 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ 4255 for (;;) 4256 { 4257 found_new_match = FAIL; 4258 set_match_pos = FALSE; 4259 4260 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, 4261 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the 4262 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ 4263 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4264 && (!compl_started || found_all)) 4265 { 4266 found_all = FALSE; 4267 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') 4268 e_cpt++; 4269 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) 4270 { 4271 ins_buf = curbuf; 4272 first_match_pos = *ini; 4273 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ 4274 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) 4275 dec(&first_match_pos); 4276 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; 4277 type = 0; 4278 4279 /* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we 4280 * wrap and come back there a second time. */ 4281 set_match_pos = TRUE; 4282 } 4283 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL 4284 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) 4285 { 4286 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ 4287 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ 4288 { 4289 compl_started = TRUE; 4290 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; 4291 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 4292 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; 4293 type = 0; 4294 } 4295 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ 4296 { 4297 found_all = TRUE; 4298 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) 4299 continue; 4300 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4301 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; 4302 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; 4303 } 4304 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), 4305 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL 4306 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) 4307 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL 4308 ? ins_buf->b_fname 4309 : ins_buf->b_sfname); 4310 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4311 } 4312 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) 4313 break; 4314 else 4315 { 4316 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4317 type = -1; 4318 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') 4319 { 4320 if (*e_cpt == 'k') 4321 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4322 else 4323 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 4324 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) 4325 { 4326 dict = e_cpt; 4327 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; 4328 } 4329 } 4330 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4331 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') 4332 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 4333 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') 4334 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 4335 #endif 4336 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') 4337 { 4338 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; 4339 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); 4340 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4341 } 4342 else 4343 type = -1; 4344 4345 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ 4346 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); 4347 4348 found_all = TRUE; 4349 if (type == -1) 4350 continue; 4351 } 4352 } 4353 4354 switch (type) 4355 { 4356 case -1: 4357 break; 4358 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4359 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 4360 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 4361 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, 4362 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, 4363 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES 4364 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4365 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 4366 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); 4367 break; 4368 #endif 4369 4370 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 4371 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 4372 ins_compl_dictionaries( 4373 dict != NULL ? dict 4374 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS 4375 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL 4376 ? p_tsr 4377 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) 4378 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL 4379 ? p_dict 4380 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), 4381 compl_pattern, 4382 dict != NULL ? dict_f 4383 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); 4384 dict = NULL; 4385 break; 4386 4387 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 4388 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ 4389 save_p_ic = p_ic; 4390 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); 4391 4392 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number 4393 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ 4394 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4395 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | 4396 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), 4397 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) 4398 { 4399 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4400 } 4401 p_ic = save_p_ic; 4402 break; 4403 4404 case CTRL_X_FILES: 4405 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4406 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) 4407 { 4408 4409 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ 4410 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); 4411 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic); 4412 } 4413 break; 4414 4415 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 4416 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4417 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), 4418 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) 4419 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); 4420 break; 4421 4422 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4423 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 4424 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 4425 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); 4426 break; 4427 #endif 4428 4429 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 4430 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4431 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, 4432 compl_pattern, &matches); 4433 if (num_matches > 0) 4434 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4435 #endif 4436 break; 4437 4438 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ 4439 /* 4440 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here 4441 */ 4442 save_p_scs = p_scs; 4443 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) 4444 p_scs = FALSE; 4445 4446 /* Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the 4447 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this 4448 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set 4449 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ 4450 save_p_ws = p_ws; 4451 if (ins_buf != curbuf) 4452 p_ws = FALSE; 4453 else if (*e_cpt == '.') 4454 p_ws = TRUE; 4455 for (;;) 4456 { 4457 int flags = 0; 4458 4459 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ 4460 4461 /* CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 4462 * || word-wise search that 4463 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ 4464 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 4465 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4466 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, 4467 compl_direction, compl_pattern); 4468 else 4469 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, 4470 compl_direction, 4471 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, 4472 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); 4473 --msg_silent; 4474 if (!compl_started || set_match_pos) 4475 { 4476 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ 4477 compl_started = TRUE; 4478 first_match_pos = *pos; 4479 last_match_pos = *pos; 4480 set_match_pos = FALSE; 4481 } 4482 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum 4483 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) 4484 found_new_match = FAIL; 4485 if (found_new_match == FAIL) 4486 { 4487 if (ins_buf == curbuf) 4488 found_all = TRUE; 4489 break; 4490 } 4491 4492 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ 4493 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf 4494 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum 4495 && ini->col == pos->col) 4496 continue; 4497 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; 4498 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4499 { 4500 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4501 { 4502 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4503 continue; 4504 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4505 if (!p_paste) 4506 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4507 } 4508 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 4509 } 4510 else 4511 { 4512 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; 4513 4514 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4515 { 4516 tmp_ptr += compl_length; 4517 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ 4518 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) 4519 continue; 4520 /* Find start of next word. */ 4521 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4522 } 4523 /* Find end of this word. */ 4524 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4525 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4526 4527 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4528 && len == compl_length) 4529 { 4530 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4531 { 4532 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be 4533 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. 4534 * IOSIZE is always greater than 4535 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always 4536 * works -- Acevedo */ 4537 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); 4538 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4539 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4540 /* Find start of next word. */ 4541 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4542 /* Find end of next word. */ 4543 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4544 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) 4545 { 4546 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) 4547 { 4548 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') 4549 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4550 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ 4551 if (p_js 4552 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' 4553 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) 4554 == NULL 4555 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' 4556 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) 4557 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4558 } 4559 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ 4560 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) 4561 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; 4562 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); 4563 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4564 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; 4565 } 4566 IObuff[len] = NUL; 4567 ptr = IObuff; 4568 } 4569 if (len == compl_length) 4570 continue; 4571 } 4572 } 4573 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, 4574 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, 4575 0, flags) != NOTDONE) 4576 { 4577 found_new_match = OK; 4578 break; 4579 } 4580 } 4581 p_scs = save_p_scs; 4582 p_ws = save_p_ws; 4583 } 4584 4585 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of 4586 * expansion added something) */ 4587 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) 4588 found_new_match = OK; 4589 4590 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the 4591 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ 4592 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4593 || found_new_match != FAIL) 4594 { 4595 if (got_int) 4596 break; 4597 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ 4598 if (type != -1) 4599 ins_compl_check_keys(0); 4600 4601 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4602 || compl_interrupted) 4603 break; 4604 compl_started = TRUE; 4605 } 4606 else 4607 { 4608 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ 4609 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 4610 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; 4611 4612 compl_started = FALSE; 4613 } 4614 } 4615 compl_started = TRUE; 4616 4617 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4618 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ 4619 found_new_match = FAIL; 4620 4621 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ 4622 if (found_new_match == FAIL 4623 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))) 4624 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 4625 4626 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has 4627 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next 4628 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ 4629 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next 4630 : old_match->cp_prev; 4631 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) 4632 compl_curr_match = old_match; 4633 return i; 4634 } 4635 4636 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ 4637 static void 4638 ins_compl_delete(void) 4639 { 4640 int i; 4641 4642 /* 4643 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. 4644 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. 4645 */ 4646 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); 4647 backspace_until_column(i); 4648 4649 /* TODO: is this sufficient for redrawing? Redrawing everything causes 4650 * flicker, thus we can't do that. */ 4651 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 4652 /* clear v:completed_item */ 4653 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 4654 } 4655 4656 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ 4657 static void 4658 ins_compl_insert(void) 4659 { 4660 dict_T *dict; 4661 4662 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); 4663 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 4664 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4665 else 4666 compl_used_match = TRUE; 4667 4668 /* Set completed item. */ 4669 /* { word, abbr, menu, kind, info } */ 4670 dict = dict_alloc(); 4671 if (dict != NULL) 4672 { 4673 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "word", 0L, 4674 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_str)); 4675 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "abbr", 0L, 4676 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])); 4677 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "menu", 0L, 4678 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_MENU])); 4679 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "kind", 0L, 4680 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_KIND])); 4681 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "info", 0L, 4682 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_INFO])); 4683 } 4684 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict); 4685 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 4686 } 4687 4688 /* 4689 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. 4690 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to 4691 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there 4692 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when 4693 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing 4694 * through the ones found so far. 4695 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. 4696 * 4697 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use 4698 * compl_shown_match here. 4699 * 4700 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with 4701 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn 4702 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. 4703 */ 4704 static int 4705 ins_compl_next( 4706 int allow_get_expansion, 4707 int count, /* repeat completion this many times; should 4708 be at least 1 */ 4709 int insert_match) /* Insert the newly selected match */ 4710 { 4711 int num_matches = -1; 4712 int i; 4713 int todo = count; 4714 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; 4715 int found_end = FALSE; 4716 int advance; 4717 int started = compl_started; 4718 4719 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next 4720 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ 4721 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) 4722 return -1; 4723 4724 if (compl_leader != NULL 4725 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 4726 { 4727 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ 4728 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ 4729 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4730 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4731 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL 4732 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 4733 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4734 4735 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is 4736 * backward, find the last match. */ 4737 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4738 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4739 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4740 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL 4741 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) 4742 { 4743 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4744 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4745 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL 4746 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) 4747 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4748 } 4749 } 4750 4751 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match 4752 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) 4753 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ 4754 ins_compl_delete(); 4755 4756 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, 4757 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ 4758 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; 4759 4760 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ 4761 if (compl_restarting) 4762 { 4763 advance = FALSE; 4764 compl_restarting = FALSE; 4765 } 4766 4767 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap 4768 * around. */ 4769 while (--todo >= 0) 4770 { 4771 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4772 { 4773 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4774 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL 4775 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match 4776 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); 4777 } 4778 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4779 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4780 { 4781 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4782 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4783 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4784 } 4785 else 4786 { 4787 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4788 { 4789 if (advance) 4790 { 4791 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4792 compl_pending -= todo + 1; 4793 else 4794 compl_pending += todo + 1; 4795 } 4796 return -1; 4797 } 4798 4799 if (!compl_no_select && advance) 4800 { 4801 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4802 --compl_pending; 4803 else 4804 ++compl_pending; 4805 } 4806 4807 /* Find matches. */ 4808 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); 4809 4810 /* handle any pending completions */ 4811 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir 4812 && advance) 4813 { 4814 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4815 { 4816 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4817 --compl_pending; 4818 } 4819 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4820 { 4821 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4822 ++compl_pending; 4823 } 4824 else 4825 break; 4826 } 4827 found_end = FALSE; 4828 } 4829 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 4830 && compl_leader != NULL 4831 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4832 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 4833 ++todo; 4834 else 4835 /* Remember a matching item. */ 4836 found_compl = compl_shown_match; 4837 4838 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ 4839 if (found_end) 4840 { 4841 if (found_compl != NULL) 4842 { 4843 compl_shown_match = found_compl; 4844 break; 4845 } 4846 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ 4847 } 4848 } 4849 4850 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ 4851 if (compl_no_insert && !started) 4852 { 4853 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 4854 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4855 } 4856 else if (insert_match) 4857 { 4858 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) 4859 ins_compl_insert(); 4860 else 4861 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 4862 } 4863 else 4864 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4865 4866 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4867 { 4868 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ 4869 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 4870 4871 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ 4872 update_screen(0); 4873 4874 /* display the updated popup menu */ 4875 ins_compl_show_pum(); 4876 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4877 if (gui.in_use) 4878 { 4879 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 4880 setcursor(); 4881 out_flush(); 4882 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 4883 } 4884 #endif 4885 4886 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and 4887 * don't want to match ourselves! */ 4888 ins_compl_delete(); 4889 } 4890 4891 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup 4892 * menu is visible. */ 4893 if (compl_no_insert && !started) 4894 compl_enter_selects = TRUE; 4895 else 4896 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; 4897 4898 /* 4899 * Show the file name for the match (if any) 4900 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. 4901 */ 4902 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) 4903 { 4904 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); 4905 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; 4906 if (i <= 0) 4907 i = 0; 4908 else 4909 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); 4910 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); 4911 msg(IObuff); 4912 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ 4913 } 4914 4915 return num_matches; 4916 } 4917 4918 /* 4919 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key 4920 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion 4921 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as 4922 * possible. -- webb 4923 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. 4924 */ 4925 void 4926 ins_compl_check_keys(int frequency) 4927 { 4928 static int count = 0; 4929 4930 int c; 4931 4932 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test 4933 * scripts */ 4934 if (using_script()) 4935 return; 4936 4937 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ 4938 if (++count < frequency) 4939 return; 4940 count = 0; 4941 4942 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() 4943 * can't do its work correctly. */ 4944 c = vpeekc_any(); 4945 if (c != NUL) 4946 { 4947 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) 4948 { 4949 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ 4950 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4951 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), 4952 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); 4953 } 4954 else 4955 { 4956 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it 4957 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ 4958 c = safe_vgetc(); 4959 if (c != K_IGNORE) 4960 { 4961 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, 4962 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ 4963 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) 4964 compl_interrupted = TRUE; 4965 4966 vungetc(c); 4967 } 4968 } 4969 } 4970 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int && !compl_no_insert) 4971 { 4972 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; 4973 4974 compl_pending = 0; 4975 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); 4976 } 4977 } 4978 4979 /* 4980 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. 4981 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. 4982 */ 4983 static int 4984 ins_compl_key2dir(int c) 4985 { 4986 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L 4987 || c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP) 4988 return BACKWARD; 4989 return FORWARD; 4990 } 4991 4992 /* 4993 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu 4994 * is visible. 4995 */ 4996 static int 4997 ins_compl_pum_key(int c) 4998 { 4999 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP 5000 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN 5001 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); 5002 } 5003 5004 /* 5005 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. 5006 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. 5007 */ 5008 static int 5009 ins_compl_key2count(int c) 5010 { 5011 int h; 5012 5013 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) 5014 { 5015 h = pum_get_height(); 5016 if (h > 3) 5017 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ 5018 return h; 5019 } 5020 return 1; 5021 } 5022 5023 /* 5024 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only 5025 * to change the currently selected completion. 5026 */ 5027 static int 5028 ins_compl_use_match(int c) 5029 { 5030 switch (c) 5031 { 5032 case K_UP: 5033 case K_DOWN: 5034 case K_PAGEDOWN: 5035 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 5036 case K_S_DOWN: 5037 case K_PAGEUP: 5038 case K_KPAGEUP: 5039 case K_S_UP: 5040 return FALSE; 5041 } 5042 return TRUE; 5043 } 5044 5045 /* 5046 * Do Insert mode completion. 5047 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. 5048 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). 5049 */ 5050 static int 5051 ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum) 5052 { 5053 char_u *line; 5054 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ 5055 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ 5056 int n; 5057 int save_w_wrow; 5058 5059 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 5060 if (!compl_started) 5061 { 5062 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ 5063 5064 did_ai = FALSE; 5065 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 5066 did_si = FALSE; 5067 can_si = FALSE; 5068 can_si_back = FALSE; 5069 #endif 5070 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5071 return FAIL; 5072 5073 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5074 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5075 compl_pending = 0; 5076 5077 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from 5078 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word 5079 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if 5080 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it 5081 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL 5082 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of 5083 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ 5084 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT 5085 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) 5086 { 5087 /* 5088 * it is a continued search 5089 */ 5090 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ 5091 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5092 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5093 { 5094 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5095 { 5096 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the 5097 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar 5098 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't 5099 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ 5100 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 5101 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5102 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5103 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ 5104 } 5105 else 5106 { 5107 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the 5108 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL 5109 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ 5110 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5111 { 5112 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; 5113 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( 5114 line + compl_length 5115 + compl_startpos.col) - line); 5116 } 5117 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; 5118 } 5119 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 5120 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we 5121 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ 5122 #define MIN_SPACE 75 5123 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) 5124 { 5125 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; 5126 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); 5127 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; 5128 } 5129 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5130 if (compl_length < 1) 5131 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5132 } 5133 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5134 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5135 else 5136 compl_cont_status = 0; 5137 } 5138 else 5139 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5140 5141 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ 5142 { 5143 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; 5144 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ 5145 compl_cont_status = 0; 5146 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; 5147 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; 5148 startcol = (int)curs_col; 5149 compl_col = 0; 5150 } 5151 5152 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ 5153 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) 5154 { 5155 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) 5156 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5157 { 5158 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) 5159 { 5160 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) 5161 ; 5162 compl_col += ++startcol; 5163 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; 5164 } 5165 if (p_ic) 5166 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, 5167 compl_length, NULL, 0); 5168 else 5169 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, 5170 compl_length); 5171 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5172 return FAIL; 5173 } 5174 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5175 { 5176 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; 5177 5178 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ 5179 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5180 compl_length) + 2); 5181 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5182 return FAIL; 5183 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) 5184 || (compl_col > 0 5185 && ( 5186 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5187 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) 5188 #else 5189 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) 5190 #endif 5191 ))) 5192 prefix = (char_u *)""; 5193 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); 5194 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), 5195 line + compl_col, compl_length); 5196 } 5197 else if (--startcol < 0 || 5198 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5199 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) 5200 #else 5201 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) 5202 #endif 5203 ) 5204 { 5205 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ 5206 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); 5207 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5208 return FAIL; 5209 compl_col += curs_col; 5210 compl_length = 0; 5211 } 5212 else 5213 { 5214 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5215 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character 5216 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ 5217 if (has_mbyte) 5218 { 5219 int base_class; 5220 int head_off; 5221 5222 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5223 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); 5224 while (--startcol >= 0) 5225 { 5226 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5227 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol 5228 - head_off)) 5229 break; 5230 startcol -= head_off; 5231 } 5232 } 5233 else 5234 #endif 5235 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) 5236 ; 5237 compl_col += ++startcol; 5238 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5239 if (compl_length == 1) 5240 { 5241 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb 5242 * there's no need to call quote_meta, 5243 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo 5244 */ 5245 compl_pattern = alloc(7); 5246 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5247 return FAIL; 5248 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5249 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); 5250 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); 5251 } 5252 else 5253 { 5254 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5255 compl_length) + 2); 5256 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5257 return FAIL; 5258 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5259 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 5260 compl_length); 5261 } 5262 } 5263 } 5264 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5265 { 5266 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 5267 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; 5268 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ 5269 compl_length = 0; 5270 if (p_ic) 5271 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5272 NULL, 0); 5273 else 5274 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5275 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5276 return FAIL; 5277 } 5278 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) 5279 { 5280 /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */ 5281 if (startcol > 0) 5282 { 5283 char_u *p = line + startcol; 5284 5285 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 5286 while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) 5287 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 5288 if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) 5289 startcol = 0; 5290 else 5291 startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1; 5292 } 5293 5294 compl_col += startcol; 5295 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5296 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5297 EXPAND_FILES); 5298 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5299 return FAIL; 5300 } 5301 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 5302 { 5303 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); 5304 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5305 return FAIL; 5306 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 5307 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col, FALSE); 5308 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL 5309 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) 5310 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a 5311 * "pattern not found" message. */ 5312 compl_col = curs_col; 5313 else 5314 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); 5315 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5316 } 5317 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 5318 { 5319 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 5320 /* 5321 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" 5322 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. 5323 */ 5324 char_u *args[2]; 5325 int col; 5326 char_u *funcname; 5327 pos_T pos; 5328 win_T *curwin_save; 5329 buf_T *curbuf_save; 5330 5331 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a 5332 * string */ 5333 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5334 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 5335 if (*funcname == NUL) 5336 { 5337 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5338 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); 5339 return FAIL; 5340 } 5341 5342 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; 5343 args[1] = NULL; 5344 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 5345 curwin_save = curwin; 5346 curbuf_save = curbuf; 5347 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 5348 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 5349 { 5350 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 5351 return FAIL; 5352 } 5353 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 5354 validate_cursor(); 5355 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 5356 { 5357 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 5358 return FAIL; 5359 } 5360 5361 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to 5362 * cancel the complete without an error. 5363 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ 5364 if (col == -2) 5365 return FAIL; 5366 if (col == -3) 5367 { 5368 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 5369 edit_submode = NULL; 5370 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 5371 msg_clr_cmdline(); 5372 return FAIL; 5373 } 5374 5375 /* 5376 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new 5377 * completion. 5378 */ 5379 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 5380 5381 if (col < 0) 5382 col = curs_col; 5383 compl_col = col; 5384 if (compl_col > curs_col) 5385 compl_col = curs_col; 5386 5387 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, 5388 * it may have become invalid. */ 5389 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5390 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5391 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5392 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5393 #endif 5394 return FAIL; 5395 } 5396 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) 5397 { 5398 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5399 if (spell_bad_len > 0) 5400 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; 5401 else 5402 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); 5403 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) 5404 { 5405 compl_length = 0; 5406 compl_col = curs_col; 5407 } 5408 else 5409 { 5410 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); 5411 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; 5412 } 5413 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ 5414 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5415 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5416 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5417 #endif 5418 return FAIL; 5419 } 5420 else 5421 { 5422 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); 5423 return FAIL; 5424 } 5425 5426 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5427 { 5428 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); 5429 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5430 { 5431 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ 5432 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5433 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; 5434 5435 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; 5436 #endif 5437 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5438 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5439 ins_eol('\r'); 5440 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5441 curbuf->b_p_com = old; 5442 #endif 5443 compl_length = 0; 5444 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5445 } 5446 } 5447 else 5448 { 5449 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 5450 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5451 } 5452 5453 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 5454 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); 5455 else 5456 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 5457 5458 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix 5459 * the redo buffer. */ 5460 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); 5461 5462 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ 5463 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5464 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5465 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 5466 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 5467 { 5468 vim_free(compl_pattern); 5469 compl_pattern = NULL; 5470 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5471 compl_orig_text = NULL; 5472 return FAIL; 5473 } 5474 5475 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must 5476 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no 5477 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. 5478 */ 5479 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); 5480 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5481 showmode(); 5482 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 5483 out_flush(); 5484 } 5485 5486 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; 5487 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 5488 5489 /* 5490 * Find next match (and following matches). 5491 */ 5492 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 5493 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); 5494 5495 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ 5496 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 5497 5498 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ 5499 compl_matches = n; 5500 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 5501 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; 5502 5503 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert 5504 * mode. */ 5505 if (got_int && !global_busy) 5506 { 5507 (void)vgetc(); 5508 got_int = FALSE; 5509 } 5510 5511 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ 5512 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) 5513 { 5514 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5515 && compl_length > 1 5516 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); 5517 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; 5518 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, 5519 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used 5520 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word 5521 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ 5522 if ( compl_length > 1 5523 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5524 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 5525 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5526 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) 5527 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; 5528 } 5529 5530 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) 5531 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; 5532 else 5533 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; 5534 5535 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) 5536 { 5537 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 5538 { 5539 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); 5540 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; 5541 } 5542 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5543 { 5544 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); 5545 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5546 } 5547 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) 5548 { 5549 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); 5550 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5551 } 5552 else 5553 { 5554 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ 5555 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) 5556 { 5557 int number = 0; 5558 compl_T *match; 5559 5560 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) 5561 { 5562 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. 5563 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop 5564 * cycle, so it's fast! */ 5565 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL 5566 && match != compl_first_match; 5567 match = match->cp_prev) 5568 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5569 { 5570 number = match->cp_number; 5571 break; 5572 } 5573 if (match != NULL) 5574 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned 5575 * yet */ 5576 for (match = match->cp_next; 5577 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; 5578 match = match->cp_next) 5579 match->cp_number = ++number; 5580 } 5581 else /* BACKWARD */ 5582 { 5583 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) 5584 * number. This should normally succeed already at the 5585 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ 5586 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL 5587 && match != compl_first_match; 5588 match = match->cp_next) 5589 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5590 { 5591 number = match->cp_number; 5592 break; 5593 } 5594 if (match != NULL) 5595 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not 5596 * assigned yet */ 5597 for (match = match->cp_prev; match 5598 && match->cp_number == -1; 5599 match = match->cp_prev) 5600 match->cp_number = ++number; 5601 } 5602 } 5603 5604 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is 5605 * just a safety check. */ 5606 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) 5607 { 5608 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. 5609 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ 5610 static char_u match_ref[81]; 5611 5612 if (compl_matches > 0) 5613 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5614 _("match %d of %d"), 5615 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); 5616 else 5617 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5618 _("match %d"), 5619 compl_curr_match->cp_number); 5620 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; 5621 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; 5622 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 5623 curs_columns(FALSE); 5624 } 5625 } 5626 } 5627 5628 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ 5629 showmode(); 5630 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 5631 { 5632 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 5633 { 5634 if (!p_smd) 5635 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, 5636 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT 5637 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); 5638 } 5639 else 5640 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 5641 } 5642 5643 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 5644 if (enable_pum && !compl_interrupted) 5645 { 5646 show_pum(save_w_wrow); 5647 } 5648 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; 5649 compl_interrupted = FALSE; 5650 5651 return OK; 5652 } 5653 5654 static void 5655 show_pum(int save_w_wrow) 5656 { 5657 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ 5658 int n = RedrawingDisabled; 5659 5660 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5661 5662 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ 5663 setcursor(); 5664 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) 5665 ins_compl_del_pum(); 5666 5667 ins_compl_show_pum(); 5668 setcursor(); 5669 RedrawingDisabled = n; 5670 } 5671 5672 /* 5673 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. 5674 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with 5675 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. 5676 * Returns the length (needed) of dest 5677 */ 5678 static unsigned 5679 quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *src, int len) 5680 { 5681 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ 5682 5683 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) 5684 { 5685 switch (*src) 5686 { 5687 case '.': 5688 case '*': 5689 case '[': 5690 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5691 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5692 break; 5693 case '~': 5694 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ 5695 break; 5696 case '\\': 5697 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5698 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5699 break; 5700 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ 5701 case '$': 5702 m++; 5703 if (dest != NULL) 5704 *dest++ = '\\'; 5705 break; 5706 } 5707 if (dest != NULL) 5708 *dest++ = *src; 5709 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5710 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ 5711 if (has_mbyte) 5712 { 5713 int i, mb_len; 5714 5715 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; 5716 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) 5717 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) 5718 { 5719 --len; 5720 ++src; 5721 if (dest != NULL) 5722 *dest++ = *src; 5723 } 5724 } 5725 # endif 5726 } 5727 if (dest != NULL) 5728 *dest = NUL; 5729 5730 return m; 5731 } 5732 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 5733 5734 /* 5735 * Next character is interpreted literally. 5736 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. 5737 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). 5738 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. 5739 */ 5740 int 5741 get_literal(void) 5742 { 5743 int cc; 5744 int nc; 5745 int i; 5746 int hex = FALSE; 5747 int octal = FALSE; 5748 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5749 int unicode = 0; 5750 #endif 5751 5752 if (got_int) 5753 return Ctrl_C; 5754 5755 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5756 /* 5757 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. 5758 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would 5759 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be 5760 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb 5761 */ 5762 if (gui.in_use) 5763 ++allow_keys; 5764 #endif 5765 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5766 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 5767 #endif 5768 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 5769 cc = 0; 5770 i = 0; 5771 for (;;) 5772 { 5773 nc = plain_vgetc(); 5774 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5775 if (!(State & CMDLINE) 5776 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5777 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 5778 # endif 5779 ) 5780 add_to_showcmd(nc); 5781 #endif 5782 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') 5783 hex = TRUE; 5784 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') 5785 octal = TRUE; 5786 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5787 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') 5788 unicode = nc; 5789 #endif 5790 else 5791 { 5792 if (hex 5793 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5794 || unicode != 0 5795 #endif 5796 ) 5797 { 5798 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) 5799 break; 5800 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); 5801 } 5802 else if (octal) 5803 { 5804 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') 5805 break; 5806 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; 5807 } 5808 else 5809 { 5810 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) 5811 break; 5812 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; 5813 } 5814 5815 ++i; 5816 } 5817 5818 if (cc > 255 5819 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5820 && unicode == 0 5821 #endif 5822 ) 5823 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ 5824 nc = 0; 5825 5826 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ 5827 { 5828 if (i >= 2) 5829 break; 5830 } 5831 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5832 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ 5833 { 5834 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) 5835 break; 5836 } 5837 #endif 5838 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ 5839 break; 5840 } 5841 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ 5842 { 5843 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5844 { 5845 cc = '\n'; 5846 nc = 0; 5847 } 5848 else 5849 { 5850 cc = nc; 5851 nc = 0; 5852 } 5853 } 5854 5855 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5856 cc = '\n'; 5857 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5858 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) 5859 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the 5860 second byte will cause trouble! */ 5861 #endif 5862 5863 --no_mapping; 5864 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5865 if (gui.in_use) 5866 --allow_keys; 5867 #endif 5868 if (nc) 5869 vungetc(nc); 5870 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ 5871 return cc; 5872 } 5873 5874 /* 5875 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask 5876 */ 5877 static void 5878 insert_special( 5879 int c, 5880 int allow_modmask, 5881 int ctrlv) /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ 5882 { 5883 char_u *p; 5884 int len; 5885 5886 /* 5887 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is 5888 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace 5889 * mode. 5890 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, 5891 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. 5892 */ 5893 #ifdef MACOS 5894 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ 5895 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) 5896 allow_modmask = TRUE; 5897 #endif 5898 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) 5899 { 5900 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); 5901 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5902 c = p[len - 1]; 5903 if (len > 2) 5904 { 5905 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5906 return; 5907 p[len - 1] = NUL; 5908 ins_str(p); 5909 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); 5910 ctrlv = FALSE; 5911 } 5912 } 5913 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 5914 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); 5915 } 5916 5917 /* 5918 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other 5919 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC 5920 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to 5921 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by 5922 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should 5923 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. 5924 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. 5925 */ 5926 #ifdef EBCDIC 5927 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5928 #else 5929 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5930 #endif 5931 5932 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5933 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) 5934 #else 5935 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) 5936 #endif 5937 5938 /* 5939 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting 5940 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V 5941 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' 5942 * 5943 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, 5944 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: 5945 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments 5946 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent 5947 */ 5948 void 5949 insertchar( 5950 int c, /* character to insert or NUL */ 5951 int flags, /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ 5952 int second_indent) /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ 5953 { 5954 int textwidth; 5955 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5956 char_u *p; 5957 #endif 5958 int fo_ins_blank; 5959 int force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT; 5960 5961 textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format); 5962 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5963 5964 /* 5965 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: 5966 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. 5967 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line 5968 * ends in white space. 5969 * - Otherwise: 5970 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank 5971 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless 5972 * we're in VREPLACE mode. 5973 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started 5974 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long 5975 * before the insert. 5976 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or 5977 * before 'textwidth' 5978 */ 5979 if (textwidth > 0 5980 && (force_format 5981 || (!vim_iswhite(c) 5982 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5983 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5984 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5985 #endif 5986 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) 5987 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 5988 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) 5989 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 5990 && (!fo_ins_blank 5991 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth 5992 )))))) 5993 { 5994 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting 5995 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ 5996 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 5997 int do_internal = TRUE; 5998 colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 5999 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6000 6001 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0 6002 && (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth)) 6003 { 6004 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); 6005 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() 6006 * was called. */ 6007 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 6008 } 6009 if (do_internal) 6010 #endif 6011 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); 6012 } 6013 6014 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ 6015 return; 6016 6017 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6018 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ 6019 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) 6020 { 6021 char_u *line; 6022 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ 6023 int middle_len, end_len; 6024 int i; 6025 6026 /* 6027 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end 6028 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. 6029 */ 6030 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); 6031 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ 6032 { 6033 /* Skip middle-comment string */ 6034 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ 6035 ++p; 6036 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 6037 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ 6038 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) 6039 --middle_len; 6040 6041 /* Find the end-comment string */ 6042 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ 6043 ++p; 6044 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 6045 6046 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ 6047 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6048 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) 6049 ; 6050 i++; 6051 6052 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ 6053 i -= middle_len; 6054 6055 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ 6056 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) 6057 { 6058 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ 6059 backspace_until_column(i); 6060 6061 /* 6062 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last 6063 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. 6064 */ 6065 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); 6066 } 6067 } 6068 } 6069 end_comment_pending = NUL; 6070 #endif 6071 6072 did_ai = FALSE; 6073 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6074 did_si = FALSE; 6075 can_si = FALSE; 6076 can_si_back = FALSE; 6077 #endif 6078 6079 /* 6080 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. 6081 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. 6082 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might 6083 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what 6084 * 'paste' is set).. 6085 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, 6086 * because we need to fire the event for every character. 6087 */ 6088 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 6089 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 6090 #endif 6091 6092 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) 6093 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6094 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) 6095 #endif 6096 && vpeekc() != NUL 6097 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) 6098 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6099 && !cindent_on() 6100 #endif 6101 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6102 && !p_ri 6103 #endif 6104 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6105 && !has_insertcharpre() 6106 #endif 6107 ) 6108 { 6109 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 6110 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; 6111 int i; 6112 colnr_T virtcol = 0; 6113 6114 buf[0] = c; 6115 i = 1; 6116 if (textwidth > 0) 6117 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 6118 /* 6119 * Stop the string when: 6120 * - no more chars available 6121 * - finding a special character (command key) 6122 * - buffer is full 6123 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary 6124 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char 6125 */ 6126 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL 6127 && !ISSPECIAL(c) 6128 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6129 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) 6130 #endif 6131 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN 6132 && (textwidth == 0 6133 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) 6134 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) 6135 { 6136 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6137 c = vgetc(); 6138 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 6139 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 6140 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 6141 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 6142 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 6143 # endif 6144 buf[i++] = c; 6145 #else 6146 buf[i++] = vgetc(); 6147 #endif 6148 } 6149 6150 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 6151 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 6152 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ 6153 #endif 6154 buf[i] = NUL; 6155 ins_str(buf); 6156 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6157 { 6158 redo_literal(*buf); 6159 i = 1; 6160 } 6161 else 6162 i = 0; 6163 if (buf[i] != NUL) 6164 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); 6165 } 6166 else 6167 { 6168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6169 int cc; 6170 6171 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 6172 { 6173 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6174 6175 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 6176 buf[cc] = NUL; 6177 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 6178 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6179 } 6180 else 6181 #endif 6182 { 6183 ins_char(c); 6184 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6185 redo_literal(c); 6186 else 6187 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6188 } 6189 } 6190 } 6191 6192 /* 6193 * Format text at the current insert position. 6194 * 6195 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent 6196 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). 6197 */ 6198 static void 6199 internal_format( 6200 int textwidth, 6201 int second_indent, 6202 int flags, 6203 int format_only, 6204 int c) /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ 6205 { 6206 int cc; 6207 int save_char = NUL; 6208 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; 6209 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 6210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6211 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); 6212 #endif 6213 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); 6214 int first_line = TRUE; 6215 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6216 colnr_T leader_len; 6217 int no_leader = FALSE; 6218 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); 6219 #endif 6220 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6221 int has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr; 6222 6223 /* make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly */ 6224 curwin->w_p_lbr = FALSE; 6225 #endif 6226 6227 /* 6228 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be 6229 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. 6230 */ 6231 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai 6232 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6233 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6234 #endif 6235 ) 6236 { 6237 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6238 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6239 { 6240 save_char = cc; 6241 pchar_cursor('x'); 6242 } 6243 } 6244 6245 /* 6246 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. 6247 */ 6248 while (!got_int) 6249 { 6250 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ 6251 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ 6252 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ 6253 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ 6254 colnr_T len; 6255 colnr_T virtcol; 6256 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6257 int orig_col = 0; 6258 char_u *saved_text = NULL; 6259 #endif 6260 colnr_T col; 6261 colnr_T end_col; 6262 6263 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 6264 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6265 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 6266 break; 6267 6268 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6269 if (no_leader) 6270 do_comments = FALSE; 6271 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6272 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) 6273 do_comments = TRUE; 6274 6275 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6276 if (do_comments) 6277 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); 6278 else 6279 leader_len = 0; 6280 6281 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't 6282 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word 6283 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines 6284 * to start with %. */ 6285 if (leader_len == 0) 6286 no_leader = TRUE; 6287 #endif 6288 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6289 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6290 && leader_len == 0 6291 #endif 6292 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) 6293 6294 break; 6295 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) 6296 break; 6297 6298 /* find column of textwidth border */ 6299 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); 6300 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6301 6302 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6303 foundcol = 0; 6304 6305 /* 6306 * Find position to break at. 6307 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' 6308 */ 6309 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) 6310 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6311 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 6312 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 6313 { 6314 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) 6315 cc = c; 6316 else 6317 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6318 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6319 { 6320 /* remember position of blank just before text */ 6321 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6322 6323 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ 6324 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6325 { 6326 dec_cursor(); 6327 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6328 } 6329 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6330 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ 6331 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6332 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6333 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6334 break; 6335 #endif 6336 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6337 { 6338 /* do not break after one-letter words */ 6339 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6340 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ 6341 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6342 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ 6343 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) 6344 break; 6345 #endif 6346 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6347 dec_cursor(); 6348 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6349 6350 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6351 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ 6352 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6353 } 6354 6355 inc_cursor(); 6356 6357 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; 6358 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6359 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6360 break; 6361 } 6362 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6363 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) 6364 { 6365 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ 6366 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) 6367 { 6368 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6369 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6370 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6371 break; 6372 #endif 6373 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6374 inc_cursor(); 6375 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ 6376 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) 6377 { 6378 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6379 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6380 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6381 break; 6382 } 6383 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6384 } 6385 6386 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6387 break; 6388 6389 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6390 6391 dec_cursor(); 6392 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6393 6394 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6395 continue; /* break with space */ 6396 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6397 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6398 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6399 break; 6400 #endif 6401 6402 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6403 6404 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6405 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6406 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6407 break; 6408 } 6409 #endif 6410 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6411 break; 6412 dec_cursor(); 6413 } 6414 6415 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ 6416 { 6417 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6418 break; 6419 } 6420 6421 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ 6422 undisplay_dollar(); 6423 6424 /* 6425 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace 6426 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces 6427 * over the text instead. 6428 */ 6429 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6430 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6431 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ 6432 else 6433 #endif 6434 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; 6435 6436 /* 6437 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and 6438 * characters that will remain on top line 6439 */ 6440 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6441 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) 6442 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) 6443 inc_cursor(); 6444 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 6445 if (startcol < 0) 6446 startcol = 0; 6447 6448 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6449 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6450 { 6451 /* 6452 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be 6453 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. 6454 */ 6455 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); 6456 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 6457 if (saved_text == NULL) 6458 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ 6459 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; 6460 6461 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ 6462 if (!fo_white_par) 6463 backspace_until_column(foundcol); 6464 } 6465 else 6466 #endif 6467 { 6468 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ 6469 if (!fo_white_par) 6470 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6471 } 6472 6473 /* 6474 * Split the line just before the margin. 6475 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. 6476 */ 6477 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX 6478 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) 6479 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6480 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) 6481 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) 6482 #endif 6483 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); 6484 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6485 old_indent = 0; 6486 6487 replace_offset = 0; 6488 if (first_line) 6489 { 6490 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6491 { 6492 /* 6493 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not 6494 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST 6495 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen 6496 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will 6497 * recognize comments if needed... 6498 */ 6499 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) 6500 second_indent = 6501 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); 6502 if (second_indent >= 0) 6503 { 6504 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6505 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6506 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, 6507 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 6508 else 6509 #endif 6510 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6511 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) 6512 { 6513 int i; 6514 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; 6515 6516 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list 6517 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has 6518 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned 6519 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we 6520 * add the additional whitespace needed after the 6521 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ 6522 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) 6523 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 6524 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); 6525 } 6526 else 6527 { 6528 #endif 6529 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); 6530 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6531 } 6532 #endif 6533 } 6534 } 6535 first_line = FALSE; 6536 } 6537 6538 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6539 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6540 { 6541 /* 6542 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be 6543 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. 6544 */ 6545 ins_bytes(saved_text); 6546 vim_free(saved_text); 6547 } 6548 else 6549 #endif 6550 { 6551 /* 6552 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent 6553 * may have added or removed indent. 6554 */ 6555 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; 6556 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6557 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) 6558 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; 6559 } 6560 6561 haveto_redraw = TRUE; 6562 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6563 can_cindent = TRUE; 6564 #endif 6565 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ 6566 did_ai = FALSE; 6567 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6568 did_si = FALSE; 6569 can_si = FALSE; 6570 can_si_back = FALSE; 6571 #endif 6572 line_breakcheck(); 6573 } 6574 6575 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ 6576 pchar_cursor(save_char); 6577 6578 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6579 curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr; 6580 #endif 6581 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) 6582 { 6583 update_topline(); 6584 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 6585 } 6586 } 6587 6588 /* 6589 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the 6590 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. 6591 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. 6592 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be 6593 * saved here. 6594 */ 6595 void 6596 auto_format( 6597 int trailblank, /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ 6598 int prev_line) /* may start in previous line */ 6599 { 6600 pos_T pos; 6601 colnr_T len; 6602 char_u *old; 6603 char_u *new, *pnew; 6604 int wasatend; 6605 int cc; 6606 6607 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6608 return; 6609 6610 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 6611 old = ml_get_curline(); 6612 6613 /* may remove added space */ 6614 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6615 6616 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the 6617 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is 6618 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. 6619 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white 6620 * next they are not joined back together. */ 6621 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); 6622 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) 6623 { 6624 dec_cursor(); 6625 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6626 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 6627 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6628 dec_cursor(); 6629 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6630 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6631 { 6632 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6633 return; 6634 } 6635 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6636 } 6637 6638 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6639 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format 6640 * comments. */ 6641 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) 6642 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) 6643 return; 6644 #endif 6645 6646 /* 6647 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is 6648 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not 6649 * the start of a paragraph. 6650 */ 6651 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 6652 { 6653 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6654 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) 6655 return; 6656 } 6657 6658 /* 6659 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will 6660 * be adjusted for the text formatting. 6661 */ 6662 saved_cursor = pos; 6663 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); 6664 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; 6665 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; 6666 6667 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6668 { 6669 /* "cannot happen" */ 6670 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6671 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 6672 } 6673 else 6674 check_cursor_col(); 6675 6676 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it 6677 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we 6678 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph 6679 * formatted. */ 6680 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 6681 { 6682 new = ml_get_curline(); 6683 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); 6684 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) 6685 { 6686 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); 6687 pnew[len] = ' '; 6688 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; 6689 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); 6690 /* remove the space later */ 6691 did_add_space = TRUE; 6692 } 6693 else 6694 /* may remove added space */ 6695 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6696 } 6697 6698 check_cursor(); 6699 } 6700 6701 /* 6702 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, 6703 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert 6704 * position. 6705 */ 6706 static void 6707 check_auto_format( 6708 int end_insert) /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ 6709 { 6710 int c = ' '; 6711 int cc; 6712 6713 if (did_add_space) 6714 { 6715 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6716 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) 6717 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ 6718 did_add_space = FALSE; 6719 else 6720 { 6721 if (!end_insert) 6722 { 6723 inc_cursor(); 6724 c = gchar_cursor(); 6725 dec_cursor(); 6726 } 6727 if (c != NUL) 6728 { 6729 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ 6730 del_char(FALSE); 6731 did_add_space = FALSE; 6732 } 6733 } 6734 } 6735 } 6736 6737 /* 6738 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: 6739 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it 6740 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' 6741 * if invalid value, use 0. 6742 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. 6743 */ 6744 int 6745 comp_textwidth( 6746 int ff) /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ 6747 { 6748 int textwidth; 6749 6750 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; 6751 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) 6752 { 6753 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the 6754 * things that add to the margin. */ 6755 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; 6756 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 6757 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 6758 textwidth -= 1; 6759 #endif 6760 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6761 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; 6762 #endif 6763 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6764 if (signcolumn_on(curwin)) 6765 textwidth -= 1; 6766 #endif 6767 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 6768 textwidth -= 8; 6769 } 6770 if (textwidth < 0) 6771 textwidth = 0; 6772 if (ff && textwidth == 0) 6773 { 6774 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; 6775 if (textwidth > 79) 6776 textwidth = 79; 6777 } 6778 return textwidth; 6779 } 6780 6781 /* 6782 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. 6783 */ 6784 static void 6785 redo_literal(int c) 6786 { 6787 char_u buf[10]; 6788 6789 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of 6790 * three digits. */ 6791 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) 6792 { 6793 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); 6794 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 6795 } 6796 else 6797 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6798 } 6799 6800 /* 6801 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. 6802 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. 6803 */ 6804 static void 6805 start_arrow( 6806 pos_T *end_insert_pos) /* can be NULL */ 6807 { 6808 start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, TRUE); 6809 } 6810 6811 /* 6812 * Like start_arrow() but with end_change argument. 6813 * Will prepare for redo of CTRL-G U if "end_change" is FALSE. 6814 */ 6815 static void 6816 start_arrow_with_change( 6817 pos_T *end_insert_pos, /* can be NULL */ 6818 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 6819 { 6820 start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, end_change); 6821 if (!end_change) 6822 { 6823 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_G); 6824 AppendCharToRedobuff('U'); 6825 } 6826 } 6827 6828 static void 6829 start_arrow_common( 6830 pos_T *end_insert_pos, /* can be NULL */ 6831 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 6832 { 6833 if (!arrow_used && end_change) /* something has been inserted */ 6834 { 6835 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); 6836 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE); 6837 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ 6838 } 6839 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6840 check_spell_redraw(); 6841 #endif 6842 } 6843 6844 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6845 /* 6846 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. 6847 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. 6848 */ 6849 static void 6850 check_spell_redraw(void) 6851 { 6852 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) 6853 { 6854 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; 6855 6856 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; 6857 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); 6858 } 6859 } 6860 6861 /* 6862 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly 6863 * spelled word, if there is one. 6864 */ 6865 static void 6866 spell_back_to_badword(void) 6867 { 6868 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6869 6870 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); 6871 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) 6872 start_arrow(&tpos); 6873 } 6874 #endif 6875 6876 /* 6877 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. 6878 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. 6879 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. 6880 */ 6881 int 6882 stop_arrow(void) 6883 { 6884 if (arrow_used) 6885 { 6886 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ 6887 if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo) 6888 /* Don't update the original insert position when moved to the 6889 * right, except when nothing was inserted yet. */ 6890 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; 6891 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 6892 6893 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6894 { 6895 arrow_used = FALSE; 6896 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6897 } 6898 6899 ai_col = 0; 6900 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6901 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6902 { 6903 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6904 vr_lines_changed = 1; 6905 } 6906 #endif 6907 ResetRedobuff(); 6908 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ 6909 new_insert_skip = 2; 6910 } 6911 else if (ins_need_undo) 6912 { 6913 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6914 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6915 } 6916 6917 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6918 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ 6919 foldOpenCursor(); 6920 #endif 6921 6922 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); 6923 } 6924 6925 /* 6926 * Do a few things to stop inserting. 6927 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped 6928 * to another window/buffer. 6929 */ 6930 static void 6931 stop_insert( 6932 pos_T *end_insert_pos, 6933 int esc, /* called by ins_esc() */ 6934 int nomove) /* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */ 6935 { 6936 int cc; 6937 char_u *ptr; 6938 6939 stop_redo_ins(); 6940 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ 6941 6942 /* 6943 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. 6944 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, 6945 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". 6946 */ 6947 ptr = get_inserted(); 6948 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL 6949 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) 6950 { 6951 vim_free(last_insert); 6952 last_insert = ptr; 6953 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; 6954 } 6955 else 6956 vim_free(ptr); 6957 6958 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) 6959 { 6960 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an 6961 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending 6962 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something 6963 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ 6964 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6965 { 6966 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6967 6968 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the 6969 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by 6970 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ 6971 cc = 'x'; 6972 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 6973 { 6974 dec_cursor(); 6975 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6976 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6977 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6978 } 6979 6980 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); 6981 6982 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6983 { 6984 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) 6985 inc_cursor(); 6986 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6987 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep 6988 * the "coladd". */ 6989 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL 6990 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum 6991 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) 6992 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; 6993 #endif 6994 } 6995 } 6996 6997 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ 6998 check_auto_format(TRUE); 6999 7000 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end 7001 * of the line, and put the cursor back. 7002 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. 7003 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text 7004 * got changed unexpectedly. */ 7005 if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL 7006 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) 7007 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7008 { 7009 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7010 7011 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; 7012 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ 7013 for (;;) 7014 { 7015 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 7016 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7017 cc = gchar_cursor(); 7018 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 7019 break; 7020 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) 7021 break; /* should not happen */ 7022 } 7023 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) 7024 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 7025 else 7026 { 7027 /* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */ 7028 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7029 tpos.col++; 7030 if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL) 7031 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ 7032 } 7033 7034 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for 7035 * deleted characters. */ 7036 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 7037 { 7038 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 7039 7040 if (VIsual.col > len) 7041 { 7042 VIsual.col = len; 7043 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7044 VIsual.coladd = 0; 7045 #endif 7046 } 7047 } 7048 } 7049 } 7050 did_ai = FALSE; 7051 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 7052 did_si = FALSE; 7053 can_si = FALSE; 7054 can_si_back = FALSE; 7055 #endif 7056 7057 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are 7058 * now in a different buffer. */ 7059 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) 7060 { 7061 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; 7062 curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig; 7063 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; 7064 } 7065 } 7066 7067 /* 7068 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. 7069 * Used for the replace command. 7070 */ 7071 void 7072 set_last_insert(int c) 7073 { 7074 char_u *s; 7075 7076 vim_free(last_insert); 7077 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); 7078 if (last_insert != NULL) 7079 { 7080 s = last_insert; 7081 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ 7082 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) 7083 *s++ = Ctrl_V; 7084 s = add_char2buf(c, s); 7085 *s++ = ESC; 7086 *s++ = NUL; 7087 last_insert_skip = 0; 7088 } 7089 } 7090 7091 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 7092 void 7093 free_last_insert(void) 7094 { 7095 vim_free(last_insert); 7096 last_insert = NULL; 7097 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7098 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 7099 compl_orig_text = NULL; 7100 # endif 7101 } 7102 #endif 7103 7104 /* 7105 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL 7106 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. 7107 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. 7108 */ 7109 char_u * 7110 add_char2buf(int c, char_u *s) 7111 { 7112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7113 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7114 int i; 7115 int len; 7116 7117 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); 7118 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 7119 { 7120 c = temp[i]; 7121 #endif 7122 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ 7123 if (c == K_SPECIAL) 7124 { 7125 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; 7126 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; 7127 *s++ = KE_FILLER; 7128 } 7129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7130 else if (c == CSI) 7131 { 7132 *s++ = CSI; 7133 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; 7134 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; 7135 } 7136 #endif 7137 else 7138 *s++ = c; 7139 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7140 } 7141 #endif 7142 return s; 7143 } 7144 7145 /* 7146 * move cursor to start of line 7147 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white 7148 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, 7149 * otherwise keep "curswant" column 7150 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. 7151 */ 7152 void 7153 beginline(int flags) 7154 { 7155 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) 7156 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7157 else 7158 { 7159 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 7160 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7161 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7162 #endif 7163 7164 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) 7165 { 7166 char_u *ptr; 7167 7168 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) 7169 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) 7170 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 7171 } 7172 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7173 } 7174 } 7175 7176 /* 7177 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up 7178 * 7179 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. 7180 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. 7181 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. 7182 */ 7183 7184 int 7185 oneright(void) 7186 { 7187 char_u *ptr; 7188 int l; 7189 7190 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7191 if (virtual_active()) 7192 { 7193 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7194 7195 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ 7196 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7197 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7198 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7199 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7200 # else 7201 *ptr 7202 # endif 7203 )) 7204 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); 7205 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7206 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ 7207 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col 7208 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; 7209 } 7210 #endif 7211 7212 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7213 if (*ptr == NUL) 7214 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ 7215 7216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7217 if (has_mbyte) 7218 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7219 else 7220 #endif 7221 l = 1; 7222 7223 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' 7224 * contains "onemore". */ 7225 if (ptr[l] == NUL 7226 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7227 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 7228 #endif 7229 ) 7230 return FAIL; 7231 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 7232 7233 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7234 return OK; 7235 } 7236 7237 int 7238 oneleft(void) 7239 { 7240 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7241 if (virtual_active()) 7242 { 7243 int width; 7244 int v = getviscol(); 7245 7246 if (v == 0) 7247 return FAIL; 7248 7249 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 7250 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ 7251 width = 1; 7252 for (;;) 7253 { 7254 coladvance(v - width); 7255 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty, 7256 * 'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte 7257 * characters */ 7258 if ((*p_sbr == NUL && !curwin->w_p_bri 7259 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7260 && !has_mbyte 7261 # endif 7262 ) || getviscol() < v) 7263 break; 7264 ++width; 7265 } 7266 # else 7267 coladvance(v - 1); 7268 # endif 7269 7270 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) 7271 { 7272 char_u *ptr; 7273 7274 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ 7275 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7276 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7277 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7278 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7279 # else 7280 *ptr 7281 # endif 7282 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) 7283 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7284 } 7285 7286 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7287 return OK; 7288 } 7289 #endif 7290 7291 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 7292 return FAIL; 7293 7294 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7295 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7296 7297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7298 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte 7299 * character, move to its first byte */ 7300 if (has_mbyte) 7301 mb_adjust_cursor(); 7302 #endif 7303 return OK; 7304 } 7305 7306 int 7307 cursor_up( 7308 long n, 7309 int upd_topline) /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7310 { 7311 linenr_T lnum; 7312 7313 if (n > 0) 7314 { 7315 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7316 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count 7317 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7318 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7319 return FAIL; 7320 if (n >= lnum) 7321 lnum = 1; 7322 else 7323 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7324 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7325 { 7326 /* 7327 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. 7328 */ 7329 /* go to the start of the current fold */ 7330 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7331 7332 while (n--) 7333 { 7334 /* move up one line */ 7335 --lnum; 7336 if (lnum <= 1) 7337 break; 7338 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in 7339 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open 7340 * in a moment. */ 7341 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) 7342 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7343 } 7344 if (lnum < 1) 7345 lnum = 1; 7346 } 7347 else 7348 #endif 7349 lnum -= n; 7350 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7351 } 7352 7353 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7354 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7355 7356 if (upd_topline) 7357 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7358 7359 return OK; 7360 } 7361 7362 /* 7363 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. 7364 */ 7365 int 7366 cursor_down( 7367 long n, 7368 int upd_topline) /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7369 { 7370 linenr_T lnum; 7371 7372 if (n > 0) 7373 { 7374 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7375 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7376 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ 7377 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); 7378 #endif 7379 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move 7380 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7381 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7382 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7383 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7384 return FAIL; 7385 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7386 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7387 else 7388 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7389 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7390 { 7391 linenr_T last; 7392 7393 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ 7394 while (n--) 7395 { 7396 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) 7397 lnum = last + 1; 7398 else 7399 ++lnum; 7400 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7401 break; 7402 } 7403 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7404 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7405 } 7406 else 7407 #endif 7408 lnum += n; 7409 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7410 } 7411 7412 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7413 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7414 7415 if (upd_topline) 7416 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7417 7418 return OK; 7419 } 7420 7421 /* 7422 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. 7423 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we 7424 * first have to remove the command. 7425 */ 7426 int 7427 stuff_inserted( 7428 int c, /* Command character to be inserted */ 7429 long count, /* Repeat this many times */ 7430 int no_esc) /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ 7431 { 7432 char_u *esc_ptr; 7433 char_u *ptr; 7434 char_u *last_ptr; 7435 char_u last = NUL; 7436 7437 ptr = get_last_insert(); 7438 if (ptr == NULL) 7439 { 7440 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); 7441 return FAIL; 7442 } 7443 7444 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ 7445 if (c != NUL) 7446 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 7447 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) 7448 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ 7449 7450 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC 7451 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" 7452 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo 7453 */ 7454 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; 7455 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') 7456 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) 7457 { 7458 last = *last_ptr; 7459 *last_ptr = NUL; 7460 } 7461 7462 do 7463 { 7464 stuffReadbuff(ptr); 7465 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ 7466 if (last) 7467 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' 7468 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") 7469 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); 7470 } 7471 while (--count > 0); 7472 7473 if (last) 7474 *last_ptr = last; 7475 7476 if (esc_ptr != NULL) 7477 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ 7478 7479 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ 7480 if (!no_esc) 7481 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); 7482 7483 return OK; 7484 } 7485 7486 char_u * 7487 get_last_insert(void) 7488 { 7489 if (last_insert == NULL) 7490 return NULL; 7491 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; 7492 } 7493 7494 /* 7495 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. 7496 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. 7497 */ 7498 char_u * 7499 get_last_insert_save(void) 7500 { 7501 char_u *s; 7502 int len; 7503 7504 if (last_insert == NULL) 7505 return NULL; 7506 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); 7507 if (s != NULL) 7508 { 7509 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 7510 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ 7511 s[len - 1] = NUL; 7512 } 7513 return s; 7514 } 7515 7516 /* 7517 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. 7518 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. 7519 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and 7520 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". 7521 */ 7522 static int 7523 echeck_abbr(int c) 7524 { 7525 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just 7526 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ 7527 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) 7528 return FALSE; 7529 7530 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, 7531 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); 7532 } 7533 7534 /* 7535 * replace-stack functions 7536 * 7537 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each 7538 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. 7539 * 7540 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is 7541 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL 7542 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. 7543 * 7544 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters 7545 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor 7546 * that were deleted (always white space). 7547 * 7548 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new 7549 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many 7550 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. 7551 */ 7552 7553 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; 7554 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ 7555 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ 7556 7557 void 7558 replace_push( 7559 int c) /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ 7560 { 7561 char_u *p; 7562 7563 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ 7564 return; 7565 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) 7566 { 7567 replace_stack_len += 50; 7568 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); 7569 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7570 { 7571 replace_stack_len -= 50; 7572 return; 7573 } 7574 if (replace_stack != NULL) 7575 { 7576 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, 7577 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); 7578 vim_free(replace_stack); 7579 } 7580 replace_stack = p; 7581 } 7582 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; 7583 if (replace_offset) 7584 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); 7585 *p = c; 7586 ++replace_stack_nr; 7587 } 7588 7589 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 7590 /* 7591 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in 7592 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. 7593 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). 7594 */ 7595 int 7596 replace_push_mb(char_u *p) 7597 { 7598 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 7599 int j; 7600 7601 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) 7602 replace_push(p[j]); 7603 return l; 7604 } 7605 #endif 7606 7607 /* 7608 * Pop one item from the replace stack. 7609 * return -1 if stack empty 7610 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise 7611 */ 7612 static int 7613 replace_pop(void) 7614 { 7615 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) 7616 return -1; 7617 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; 7618 } 7619 7620 /* 7621 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL 7622 * encountered. 7623 */ 7624 static void 7625 replace_join( 7626 int off) /* offset for which NUL to remove */ 7627 { 7628 int i; 7629 7630 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) 7631 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) 7632 { 7633 --replace_stack_nr; 7634 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, 7635 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); 7636 return; 7637 } 7638 } 7639 7640 /* 7641 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them 7642 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. 7643 */ 7644 static void 7645 replace_pop_ins(void) 7646 { 7647 int cc; 7648 int oldState = State; 7649 7650 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ 7651 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) 7652 { 7653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7654 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 7655 #else 7656 ins_char(cc); 7657 #endif 7658 dec_cursor(); 7659 } 7660 State = oldState; 7661 } 7662 7663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7664 /* 7665 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it 7666 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. 7667 */ 7668 static void 7669 mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc) 7670 { 7671 int n; 7672 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7673 int i; 7674 int c; 7675 7676 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) 7677 { 7678 buf[0] = cc; 7679 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7680 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7681 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7682 } 7683 else 7684 ins_char(cc); 7685 7686 if (enc_utf8) 7687 /* Handle composing chars. */ 7688 for (;;) 7689 { 7690 c = replace_pop(); 7691 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ 7692 break; 7693 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) 7694 { 7695 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ 7696 replace_push(c); 7697 break; 7698 } 7699 else 7700 { 7701 buf[0] = c; 7702 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7703 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7704 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) 7705 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7706 else 7707 { 7708 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ 7709 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) 7710 replace_push(buf[i]); 7711 break; 7712 } 7713 } 7714 } 7715 } 7716 #endif 7717 7718 /* 7719 * make the replace stack empty 7720 * (called when exiting replace mode) 7721 */ 7722 static void 7723 replace_flush(void) 7724 { 7725 vim_free(replace_stack); 7726 replace_stack = NULL; 7727 replace_stack_len = 0; 7728 replace_stack_nr = 0; 7729 } 7730 7731 /* 7732 * Handle doing a BS for one character. 7733 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor 7734 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it 7735 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back 7736 * and check for more characters to be put back 7737 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when 7738 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). 7739 */ 7740 static void 7741 replace_do_bs(int limit_col) 7742 { 7743 int cc; 7744 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7745 int orig_len = 0; 7746 int ins_len; 7747 int orig_vcols = 0; 7748 colnr_T start_vcol; 7749 char_u *p; 7750 int i; 7751 int vcol; 7752 #endif 7753 7754 cc = replace_pop(); 7755 if (cc > 0) 7756 { 7757 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7758 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7759 { 7760 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are 7761 * going to delete. */ 7762 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); 7763 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); 7764 } 7765 #endif 7766 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7767 if (has_mbyte) 7768 { 7769 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7770 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7771 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7772 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 7773 # endif 7774 replace_push(cc); 7775 } 7776 else 7777 #endif 7778 { 7779 pchar_cursor(cc); 7780 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7781 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7782 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; 7783 #endif 7784 } 7785 replace_pop_ins(); 7786 7787 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7788 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7789 { 7790 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ 7791 p = ml_get_cursor(); 7792 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; 7793 vcol = start_vcol; 7794 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) 7795 { 7796 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); 7797 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7798 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; 7799 #endif 7800 } 7801 vcol -= start_vcol; 7802 7803 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the 7804 * text aligned. */ 7805 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; 7806 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') 7807 { 7808 del_char(FALSE); 7809 ++orig_vcols; 7810 } 7811 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; 7812 } 7813 #endif 7814 7815 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ 7816 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); 7817 } 7818 else if (cc == 0) 7819 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7820 } 7821 7822 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7823 /* 7824 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. 7825 */ 7826 static int 7827 cindent_on(void) 7828 { 7829 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin 7830 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7831 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL 7832 # endif 7833 )); 7834 } 7835 #endif 7836 7837 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) 7838 /* 7839 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the 7840 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very 7841 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. 7842 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. 7843 */ 7844 7845 void 7846 fixthisline(int (*get_the_indent)(void)) 7847 { 7848 int amount = get_the_indent(); 7849 7850 if (amount >= 0) 7851 { 7852 change_indent(INDENT_SET, amount, FALSE, 0, TRUE); 7853 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 7854 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ 7855 } 7856 } 7857 7858 void 7859 fix_indent(void) 7860 { 7861 if (p_paste) 7862 return; 7863 # ifdef FEAT_LISP 7864 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) 7865 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); 7866 # endif 7867 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) 7868 else 7869 # endif 7870 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7871 if (cindent_on()) 7872 do_c_expr_indent(); 7873 # endif 7874 } 7875 7876 #endif 7877 7878 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7879 /* 7880 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", 7881 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) 7882 * when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert) 7883 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) 7884 * 7885 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: 7886 * KEY_OPEN_FORW 7887 * KEY_OPEN_BACK 7888 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. 7889 * 7890 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. 7891 */ 7892 int 7893 in_cinkeys( 7894 int keytyped, 7895 int when, 7896 int line_is_empty) 7897 { 7898 char_u *look; 7899 int try_match; 7900 int try_match_word; 7901 char_u *p; 7902 char_u *line; 7903 int icase; 7904 int i; 7905 7906 if (keytyped == NUL) 7907 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ 7908 return FALSE; 7909 7910 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7911 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) 7912 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ 7913 else 7914 #endif 7915 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ 7916 while (*look) 7917 { 7918 /* 7919 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on 7920 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. 7921 */ 7922 switch (when) 7923 { 7924 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; 7925 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; 7926 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; 7927 } 7928 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') 7929 ++look; 7930 7931 /* 7932 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. 7933 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. 7934 */ 7935 if (*look == '0') 7936 { 7937 try_match_word = try_match; 7938 if (!line_is_empty) 7939 try_match = FALSE; 7940 ++look; 7941 } 7942 else 7943 try_match_word = FALSE; 7944 7945 /* 7946 * does it look like a control character? 7947 */ 7948 if (*look == '^' 7949 #ifdef EBCDIC 7950 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) 7951 #else 7952 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' 7953 #endif 7954 ) 7955 { 7956 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) 7957 return TRUE; 7958 look += 2; 7959 } 7960 /* 7961 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. 7962 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. 7963 */ 7964 else if (*look == 'o') 7965 { 7966 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) 7967 return TRUE; 7968 ++look; 7969 } 7970 else if (*look == 'O') 7971 { 7972 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) 7973 return TRUE; 7974 ++look; 7975 } 7976 7977 /* 7978 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the 7979 * cursor. 7980 */ 7981 else if (*look == 'e') 7982 { 7983 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) 7984 { 7985 p = ml_get_curline(); 7986 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && 7987 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) 7988 return TRUE; 7989 } 7990 ++look; 7991 } 7992 7993 /* 7994 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case 7995 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix 7996 * class::method for C++). 7997 */ 7998 else if (*look == ':') 7999 { 8000 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') 8001 { 8002 p = ml_get_curline(); 8003 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel()) 8004 return TRUE; 8005 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ 8006 p = ml_get_curline(); 8007 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 8008 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' 8009 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') 8010 { 8011 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; 8012 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 8013 || cin_islabel()); 8014 p = ml_get_curline(); 8015 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; 8016 if (i) 8017 return TRUE; 8018 } 8019 } 8020 ++look; 8021 } 8022 8023 8024 /* 8025 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? 8026 */ 8027 else if (*look == '<') 8028 { 8029 if (try_match) 8030 { 8031 /* 8032 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, 8033 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, 8034 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. 8035 */ 8036 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL 8037 && keytyped == look[1]) 8038 return TRUE; 8039 8040 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) 8041 return TRUE; 8042 } 8043 while (*look && *look != '>') 8044 look++; 8045 while (*look == '>') 8046 look++; 8047 } 8048 8049 /* 8050 * Is it a word: "=word"? 8051 */ 8052 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) 8053 { 8054 ++look; 8055 if (*look == '~') 8056 { 8057 icase = TRUE; 8058 ++look; 8059 } 8060 else 8061 icase = FALSE; 8062 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); 8063 if (p == NULL) 8064 p = look + STRLEN(look); 8065 if ((try_match || try_match_word) 8066 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) 8067 { 8068 int match = FALSE; 8069 8070 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8071 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) 8072 { 8073 char_u *s; 8074 8075 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". 8076 * search back for the start of a word. */ 8077 line = ml_get_curline(); 8078 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8079 if (has_mbyte) 8080 { 8081 char_u *n; 8082 8083 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) 8084 { 8085 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); 8086 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) 8087 break; 8088 } 8089 } 8090 else 8091 # endif 8092 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) 8093 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) 8094 break; 8095 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col 8096 && (icase 8097 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) 8098 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) 8099 match = TRUE; 8100 } 8101 else 8102 #endif 8103 /* TODO: multi-byte */ 8104 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 8105 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) 8106 { 8107 line = ml_get_cursor(); 8108 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) 8109 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) 8110 && (icase 8111 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) 8112 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) 8113 == 0) 8114 match = TRUE; 8115 } 8116 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) 8117 { 8118 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the 8119 * word. */ 8120 line = ml_get_curline(); 8121 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != 8122 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) 8123 match = FALSE; 8124 } 8125 if (match) 8126 return TRUE; 8127 } 8128 look = p; 8129 } 8130 8131 /* 8132 * ok, it's a boring generic character. 8133 */ 8134 else 8135 { 8136 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) 8137 return TRUE; 8138 ++look; 8139 } 8140 8141 /* 8142 * Skip over ", ". 8143 */ 8144 look = skip_to_option_part(look); 8145 } 8146 return FALSE; 8147 } 8148 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 8149 8150 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 8151 /* 8152 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. 8153 */ 8154 int 8155 hkmap(int c) 8156 { 8157 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ 8158 { 8159 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, 8160 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, 8161 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; 8162 static char_u map[26] = 8163 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, 8164 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, 8165 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, 8166 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, 8167 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, 8168 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, 8169 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, 8170 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, 8171 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; 8172 8173 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') 8174 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); 8175 /* '-1'='sofit' */ 8176 else if (c == 'x') 8177 return 'X'; 8178 else if (c == 'q') 8179 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ 8180 else if (c == 246) 8181 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ 8182 else if (c == 228) 8183 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ 8184 else if (c == 252) 8185 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ 8186 #ifdef EBCDIC 8187 else if (islower(c)) 8188 #else 8189 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we 8190 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on 8191 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are 8192 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. 8193 */ 8194 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') 8195 #endif 8196 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); 8197 else 8198 return c; 8199 } 8200 else 8201 { 8202 switch (c) 8203 { 8204 case '`': return ';'; 8205 case '/': return '.'; 8206 case '\'': return ','; 8207 case 'q': return '/'; 8208 case 'w': return '\''; 8209 8210 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ 8211 case ',': c = '{'; break; 8212 case '.': c = 'v'; break; 8213 case ';': c = 't'; break; 8214 default: { 8215 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; 8216 8217 #ifdef EBCDIC 8218 /* see note about islower() above */ 8219 if (!islower(c)) 8220 #else 8221 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') 8222 #endif 8223 return c; 8224 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; 8225 break; 8226 } 8227 } 8228 8229 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); 8230 } 8231 } 8232 #endif 8233 8234 static void 8235 ins_reg(void) 8236 { 8237 int need_redraw = FALSE; 8238 int regname; 8239 int literally = 0; 8240 int vis_active = VIsual_active; 8241 8242 /* 8243 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. 8244 */ 8245 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 8246 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 8247 { 8248 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 8249 ins_redraw(FALSE); 8250 8251 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); 8252 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8253 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); 8254 #endif 8255 } 8256 8257 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 8258 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 8259 #endif 8260 8261 /* 8262 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be 8263 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8264 */ 8265 ++no_mapping; 8266 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8267 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8268 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) 8269 { 8270 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ 8271 literally = regname; 8272 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8273 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); 8274 #endif 8275 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8276 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8277 } 8278 --no_mapping; 8279 8280 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8281 /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error 8282 * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */ 8283 ++no_u_sync; 8284 if (regname == '=') 8285 { 8286 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8287 int im_on = im_get_status(); 8288 # endif 8289 /* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or 8290 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */ 8291 u_sync_once = 2; 8292 8293 regname = get_expr_register(); 8294 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8295 /* Restore the Input Method. */ 8296 if (im_on) 8297 im_set_active(TRUE); 8298 # endif 8299 } 8300 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) 8301 { 8302 vim_beep(BO_REG); 8303 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8304 } 8305 else 8306 { 8307 #endif 8308 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) 8309 { 8310 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ 8311 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); 8312 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); 8313 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); 8314 8315 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, 8316 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); 8317 } 8318 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) 8319 { 8320 vim_beep(BO_REG); 8321 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8322 } 8323 else if (stop_insert_mode) 8324 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that 8325 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't 8326 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ 8327 need_redraw = TRUE; 8328 8329 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8330 } 8331 --no_u_sync; 8332 if (u_sync_once == 1) 8333 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8334 u_sync_once = 0; 8335 #endif 8336 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8337 clear_showcmd(); 8338 #endif 8339 8340 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ 8341 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) 8342 edit_unputchar(); 8343 8344 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ 8345 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) 8346 end_visual_mode(); 8347 } 8348 8349 /* 8350 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. 8351 */ 8352 static void 8353 ins_ctrl_g(void) 8354 { 8355 int c; 8356 8357 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8358 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ 8359 setcursor(); 8360 #endif 8361 8362 /* 8363 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be 8364 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8365 */ 8366 ++no_mapping; 8367 c = plain_vgetc(); 8368 --no_mapping; 8369 switch (c) 8370 { 8371 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ 8372 case K_UP: 8373 case Ctrl_K: 8374 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); 8375 break; 8376 8377 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ 8378 case K_DOWN: 8379 case Ctrl_J: 8380 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); 8381 break; 8382 8383 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ 8384 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); 8385 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8386 8387 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins 8388 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ 8389 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; 8390 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 8391 break; 8392 8393 /* CTRL-G U: do not break undo with the next char */ 8394 case 'U': 8395 /* Allow one left/right cursor movement with the next char, 8396 * without breaking undo. */ 8397 dont_sync_undo = MAYBE; 8398 break; 8399 8400 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ 8401 default: vim_beep(BO_CTRLG); 8402 } 8403 } 8404 8405 /* 8406 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. 8407 */ 8408 static void 8409 ins_ctrl_hat(void) 8410 { 8411 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) 8412 { 8413 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ 8414 if (State & LANGMAP) 8415 { 8416 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8417 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8418 } 8419 else 8420 { 8421 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; 8422 State |= LANGMAP; 8423 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8424 im_set_active(FALSE); 8425 #endif 8426 } 8427 } 8428 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8429 else 8430 { 8431 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ 8432 if (im_get_status()) 8433 { 8434 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8435 im_set_active(FALSE); 8436 } 8437 else 8438 { 8439 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; 8440 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8441 im_set_active(TRUE); 8442 } 8443 } 8444 #endif 8445 set_iminsert_global(); 8446 showmode(); 8447 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8448 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ 8449 if (gui.in_use) 8450 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 8451 #endif 8452 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) 8453 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ 8454 status_redraw_curbuf(); 8455 #endif 8456 } 8457 8458 /* 8459 * Handle ESC in insert mode. 8460 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the 8461 * insert. 8462 */ 8463 static int 8464 ins_esc( 8465 long *count, 8466 int cmdchar, 8467 int nomove) /* don't move cursor */ 8468 { 8469 int temp; 8470 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8471 8472 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 8473 check_spell_redraw(); 8474 #endif 8475 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) 8476 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) 8477 hangul_input_state_set(0); 8478 # endif 8479 if (composing_hangul) 8480 { 8481 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); 8482 composing_hangul = 0; 8483 } 8484 #endif 8485 8486 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8487 if (disabled_redraw) 8488 { 8489 --RedrawingDisabled; 8490 disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8491 } 8492 if (!arrow_used) 8493 { 8494 /* 8495 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". 8496 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for 8497 * when "count" is non-zero. 8498 */ 8499 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 8500 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); 8501 8502 /* 8503 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for 8504 * interrupt now and then. 8505 */ 8506 if (*count > 0) 8507 { 8508 line_breakcheck(); 8509 if (got_int) 8510 *count = 0; 8511 } 8512 8513 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ 8514 { 8515 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ 8516 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) 8517 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; 8518 8519 (void)start_redo_ins(); 8520 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') 8521 stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ 8522 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8523 disabled_redraw = TRUE; 8524 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ 8525 } 8526 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove); 8527 undisplay_dollar(); 8528 } 8529 8530 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the 8531 * indent */ 8532 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) 8533 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 8534 8535 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ 8536 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) 8537 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; 8538 8539 /* 8540 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. 8541 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. 8542 */ 8543 if (!nomove 8544 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 8545 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8546 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 8547 #endif 8548 ) 8549 && (restart_edit == NUL 8550 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL && !VIsual_active)) 8551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8552 && !revins_on 8553 #endif 8554 ) 8555 { 8556 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8557 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) 8558 { 8559 oneleft(); 8560 if (restart_edit != NUL) 8561 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8562 } 8563 else 8564 #endif 8565 { 8566 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8567 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8568 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ 8569 if (has_mbyte) 8570 mb_adjust_cursor(); 8571 #endif 8572 } 8573 } 8574 8575 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8576 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. 8577 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as 8578 * well). */ 8579 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) 8580 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); 8581 im_set_active(FALSE); 8582 #endif 8583 8584 State = NORMAL; 8585 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ 8586 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 8587 8588 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8589 setmouse(); 8590 #endif 8591 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8592 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8593 #endif 8594 8595 /* 8596 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. 8597 * Otherwise remove the mode message. 8598 */ 8599 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) 8600 showmode(); 8601 else if (p_smd) 8602 MSG(""); 8603 8604 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ 8605 } 8606 8607 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8608 /* 8609 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. 8610 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. 8611 */ 8612 static void 8613 ins_ctrl_(void) 8614 { 8615 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) 8616 { 8617 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) 8618 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 8619 } 8620 p_ri = !p_ri; 8621 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 8622 if (revins_on) 8623 { 8624 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8625 revins_legal++; 8626 revins_chars = 0; 8627 undisplay_dollar(); 8628 } 8629 else 8630 revins_scol = -1; 8631 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8632 if (p_altkeymap) 8633 { 8634 /* 8635 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' 8636 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo 8637 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). 8638 */ 8639 arrow_used = TRUE; 8640 (void)stop_arrow(); 8641 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; 8642 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8643 State = INSERT; 8644 } 8645 else 8646 #endif 8647 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ 8648 showmode(); 8649 } 8650 #endif 8651 8652 /* 8653 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. 8654 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. 8655 */ 8656 static int 8657 ins_start_select(int c) 8658 { 8659 if (km_startsel) 8660 switch (c) 8661 { 8662 case K_KHOME: 8663 case K_KEND: 8664 case K_PAGEUP: 8665 case K_KPAGEUP: 8666 case K_PAGEDOWN: 8667 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 8668 # ifdef MACOS 8669 case K_LEFT: 8670 case K_RIGHT: 8671 case K_UP: 8672 case K_DOWN: 8673 case K_END: 8674 case K_HOME: 8675 # endif 8676 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) 8677 break; 8678 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 8679 case K_S_LEFT: 8680 case K_S_RIGHT: 8681 case K_S_UP: 8682 case K_S_DOWN: 8683 case K_S_END: 8684 case K_S_HOME: 8685 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with 8686 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ 8687 start_selection(); 8688 8689 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ 8690 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); 8691 if (mod_mask) 8692 { 8693 char_u buf[4]; 8694 8695 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; 8696 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; 8697 buf[2] = mod_mask; 8698 buf[3] = NUL; 8699 stuffReadbuff(buf); 8700 } 8701 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 8702 return TRUE; 8703 } 8704 return FALSE; 8705 } 8706 8707 /* 8708 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode. 8709 */ 8710 static void 8711 ins_insert(int replaceState) 8712 { 8713 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8714 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8715 { 8716 beep_flush(); 8717 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 8718 return; 8719 } 8720 #endif 8721 8722 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8723 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8724 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, 8725 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : 8726 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8727 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : 8728 # endif 8729 "r"), 1); 8730 # endif 8731 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8732 #endif 8733 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8734 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); 8735 else 8736 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); 8737 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); 8738 showmode(); 8739 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8740 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8741 #endif 8742 } 8743 8744 /* 8745 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. 8746 */ 8747 static void 8748 ins_ctrl_o(void) 8749 { 8750 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8751 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8752 restart_edit = 'V'; 8753 else 8754 #endif 8755 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8756 restart_edit = 'R'; 8757 else 8758 restart_edit = 'I'; 8759 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8760 if (virtual_active()) 8761 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ 8762 else 8763 #endif 8764 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); 8765 } 8766 8767 /* 8768 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one 8769 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". 8770 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible 8771 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an 8772 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. 8773 */ 8774 static void 8775 ins_shift(int c, int lastc) 8776 { 8777 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8778 return; 8779 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8780 8781 /* 8782 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. 8783 */ 8784 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') 8785 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 8786 { 8787 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8788 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ 8789 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ 8790 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8791 replace_pop_ins(); 8792 if (lastc == '^') 8793 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ 8794 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8795 } 8796 else 8797 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8798 8799 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) 8800 did_ai = FALSE; 8801 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8802 did_si = FALSE; 8803 can_si = FALSE; 8804 can_si_back = FALSE; 8805 #endif 8806 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8807 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ 8808 #endif 8809 } 8810 8811 static void 8812 ins_del(void) 8813 { 8814 int temp; 8815 8816 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8817 return; 8818 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ 8819 { 8820 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8821 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ 8822 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 8823 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8824 else 8825 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; 8826 } 8827 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ 8828 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8829 did_ai = FALSE; 8830 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8831 did_si = FALSE; 8832 can_si = FALSE; 8833 can_si_back = FALSE; 8834 #endif 8835 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); 8836 } 8837 8838 static void ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp); 8839 8840 /* 8841 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). 8842 */ 8843 static void 8844 ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp) 8845 { 8846 dec_cursor(); 8847 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); 8848 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8849 { 8850 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in 8851 * Replace mode */ 8852 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8853 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 8854 replace_do_bs(-1); 8855 } 8856 else 8857 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8858 } 8859 8860 /* 8861 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. 8862 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. 8863 */ 8864 static int 8865 ins_bs( 8866 int c, 8867 int mode, 8868 int *inserted_space_p) 8869 { 8870 linenr_T lnum; 8871 int cc; 8872 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ 8873 colnr_T save_col; 8874 colnr_T mincol; 8875 int did_backspace = FALSE; 8876 int in_indent; 8877 int oldState; 8878 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8879 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ 8880 #endif 8881 8882 /* 8883 * can't delete anything in an empty file 8884 * can't backup past first character in buffer 8885 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 8886 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 8887 */ 8888 if ( bufempty() 8889 || ( 8890 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8891 !revins_on && 8892 #endif 8893 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8894 || (!can_bs(BS_START) 8895 && (arrow_used 8896 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 8897 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col))) 8898 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 8899 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) 8900 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) 8901 { 8902 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8903 return FALSE; 8904 } 8905 8906 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8907 return FALSE; 8908 in_indent = inindent(0); 8909 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8910 if (in_indent) 8911 can_cindent = FALSE; 8912 #endif 8913 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 8914 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ 8915 #endif 8916 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8917 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ 8918 inc_cursor(); 8919 #endif 8920 8921 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8922 /* Virtualedit: 8923 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space 8924 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd 8925 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going 8926 */ 8927 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 8928 { 8929 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8930 { 8931 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8932 return TRUE; 8933 } 8934 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) 8935 { 8936 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8937 return TRUE; 8938 } 8939 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8940 } 8941 #endif 8942 8943 /* 8944 * delete newline! 8945 */ 8946 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8947 { 8948 lnum = Insstart.lnum; 8949 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 8950 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8951 || revins_on 8952 #endif 8953 ) 8954 { 8955 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), 8956 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 8957 return FALSE; 8958 --Insstart.lnum; 8959 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; 8960 } 8961 /* 8962 * In replace mode: 8963 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it 8964 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back 8965 */ 8966 cc = -1; 8967 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8968 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ 8969 /* 8970 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the 8971 * cursor. 8972 */ 8973 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) 8974 { 8975 dec_cursor(); 8976 } 8977 else 8978 { 8979 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8980 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8981 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) 8982 #endif 8983 { 8984 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ 8985 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 8986 8987 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at 8988 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken 8989 * again when auto-formatting. */ 8990 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) 8991 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 8992 { 8993 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 8994 TRUE); 8995 int len; 8996 8997 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 8998 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') 8999 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; 9000 } 9001 9002 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); 9003 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9004 inc_cursor(); 9005 } 9006 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9007 else 9008 dec_cursor(); 9009 #endif 9010 9011 /* 9012 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced 9013 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated 9014 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the 9015 * characters that NL replaced. 9016 */ 9017 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9018 { 9019 /* 9020 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to 9021 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and 9022 * avoiding showmatch(). 9023 */ 9024 oldState = State; 9025 State = NORMAL; 9026 /* 9027 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor 9028 */ 9029 while (cc > 0) 9030 { 9031 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9033 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 9034 #else 9035 ins_char(cc); 9036 #endif 9037 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 9038 cc = replace_pop(); 9039 } 9040 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ 9041 replace_pop_ins(); 9042 State = oldState; 9043 } 9044 } 9045 did_ai = FALSE; 9046 } 9047 else 9048 { 9049 /* 9050 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. 9051 */ 9052 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9053 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ 9054 dec_cursor(); 9055 #endif 9056 mincol = 0; 9057 /* keep indent */ 9058 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE 9059 && (curbuf->b_p_ai 9060 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9061 || cindent_on() 9062 #endif 9063 ) 9064 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9065 && !revins_on 9066 #endif 9067 ) 9068 { 9069 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9070 beginline(BL_WHITE); 9071 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) 9072 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9073 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 9074 } 9075 9076 /* 9077 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. 9078 */ 9079 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR 9080 && ((p_sta && in_indent) 9081 || (get_sts_value() != 0 9082 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 9083 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB 9084 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' 9085 && (!*inserted_space_p 9086 || arrow_used)))))) 9087 { 9088 int ts; 9089 colnr_T vcol; 9090 colnr_T want_vcol; 9091 colnr_T start_vcol; 9092 9093 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; 9094 if (p_sta && in_indent) 9095 ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); 9096 else 9097 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); 9098 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since 9099 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of 9100 * the previous character. */ 9101 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9102 start_vcol = vcol; 9103 dec_cursor(); 9104 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); 9105 inc_cursor(); 9106 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; 9107 9108 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ 9109 while (vcol > want_vcol 9110 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) 9111 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 9112 9113 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ 9114 while (vcol < want_vcol) 9115 { 9116 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ 9117 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 9118 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) 9119 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9120 9121 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9122 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9123 ins_char(' '); 9124 else 9125 #endif 9126 { 9127 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9128 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 9129 replace_push(NUL); 9130 } 9131 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9132 } 9133 9134 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can 9135 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ 9136 if (vcol >= start_vcol) 9137 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 9138 } 9139 9140 /* 9141 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. 9142 */ 9143 else 9144 { 9145 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9146 int cclass = 0, prev_cclass = 0; 9147 9148 if (has_mbyte) 9149 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); 9150 #endif 9151 do 9152 { 9153 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9154 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ 9155 #endif 9156 dec_cursor(); 9157 9158 cc = gchar_cursor(); 9159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9160 /* look multi-byte character class */ 9161 if (has_mbyte) 9162 { 9163 prev_cclass = cclass; 9164 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); 9165 } 9166 #endif 9167 9168 /* start of word? */ 9169 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(cc)) 9170 { 9171 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; 9172 temp = vim_iswordc(cc); 9173 } 9174 /* end of word? */ 9175 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 9176 && ((vim_isspace(cc) || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp) 9177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9178 || prev_cclass != cclass 9179 #endif 9180 )) 9181 { 9182 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9183 if (!revins_on) 9184 #endif 9185 inc_cursor(); 9186 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9187 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9188 dec_cursor(); 9189 #endif 9190 break; 9191 } 9192 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9193 replace_do_bs(-1); 9194 else 9195 { 9196 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9197 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) 9198 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); 9199 #endif 9200 (void)del_char(FALSE); 9201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9202 /* 9203 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set 9204 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base 9205 * character. 9206 */ 9207 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) 9208 inc_cursor(); 9209 #endif 9210 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9211 if (revins_chars) 9212 { 9213 revins_chars--; 9214 revins_legal++; 9215 } 9216 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 9217 break; 9218 #endif 9219 } 9220 /* Just a single backspace?: */ 9221 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 9222 break; 9223 } while ( 9224 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9225 revins_on || 9226 #endif 9227 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol 9228 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum 9229 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col))); 9230 } 9231 did_backspace = TRUE; 9232 } 9233 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9234 did_si = FALSE; 9235 can_si = FALSE; 9236 can_si_back = FALSE; 9237 #endif 9238 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) 9239 did_ai = FALSE; 9240 /* 9241 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo 9242 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal 9243 * with. 9244 */ 9245 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 9246 9247 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ 9248 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 9249 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) 9250 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9251 9252 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that 9253 * was there remains visible 9254 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that 9255 * was there is erased from the screen. 9256 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar 9257 * displayed even when there isn't. 9258 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ 9259 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) 9260 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 9261 9262 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9263 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. 9264 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white 9265 * char before a Tab. */ 9266 if (did_backspace) 9267 foldOpenCursor(); 9268 #endif 9269 9270 return did_backspace; 9271 } 9272 9273 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 9274 static void 9275 ins_mouse(int c) 9276 { 9277 pos_T tpos; 9278 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 9279 9280 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 9281 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ 9282 if (!gui.in_use) 9283 # endif 9284 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) 9285 return; 9286 9287 undisplay_dollar(); 9288 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9289 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) 9290 { 9291 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9292 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; 9293 9294 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) 9295 { 9296 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the 9297 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ 9298 curwin = old_curwin; 9299 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9300 } 9301 #endif 9302 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); 9303 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9304 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) 9305 { 9306 curwin = new_curwin; 9307 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9308 } 9309 #endif 9310 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9311 can_cindent = TRUE; 9312 # endif 9313 } 9314 9315 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9316 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ 9317 redraw_statuslines(); 9318 #endif 9319 } 9320 9321 static void 9322 ins_mousescroll(int dir) 9323 { 9324 pos_T tpos; 9325 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9326 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 9327 # endif 9328 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9329 int did_scroll = FALSE; 9330 # endif 9331 9332 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9333 9334 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9335 if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) 9336 { 9337 int row, col; 9338 9339 row = mouse_row; 9340 col = mouse_col; 9341 9342 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ 9343 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); 9344 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9345 } 9346 if (curwin == old_curwin) 9347 # endif 9348 undisplay_dollar(); 9349 9350 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9351 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ 9352 if (!pum_visible() 9353 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9354 || curwin != old_curwin 9355 # endif 9356 ) 9357 # endif 9358 { 9359 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) 9360 { 9361 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9362 scroll_redraw(dir, 9363 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); 9364 else 9365 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); 9366 } 9367 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9368 else 9369 { 9370 int val, step = 6; 9371 9372 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9373 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); 9374 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); 9375 if (val < 0) 9376 val = 0; 9377 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); 9378 } 9379 #endif 9380 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9381 did_scroll = TRUE; 9382 # endif 9383 } 9384 9385 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9386 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9387 9388 curwin = old_curwin; 9389 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9390 # endif 9391 9392 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9393 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. 9394 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are 9395 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ 9396 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) 9397 { 9398 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 9399 ins_compl_show_pum(); 9400 } 9401 # endif 9402 9403 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) 9404 { 9405 start_arrow(&tpos); 9406 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9407 can_cindent = TRUE; 9408 # endif 9409 } 9410 } 9411 #endif 9412 9413 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 9414 static void 9415 ins_tabline(int c) 9416 { 9417 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ 9418 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE 9419 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) 9420 { 9421 undisplay_dollar(); 9422 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9423 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9424 can_cindent = TRUE; 9425 # endif 9426 } 9427 9428 if (c == K_TABLINE) 9429 goto_tabpage(current_tab); 9430 else 9431 { 9432 handle_tabmenu(); 9433 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ 9434 } 9435 } 9436 #endif 9437 9438 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 9439 void 9440 ins_scroll(void) 9441 { 9442 pos_T tpos; 9443 9444 undisplay_dollar(); 9445 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9446 if (gui_do_scroll()) 9447 { 9448 start_arrow(&tpos); 9449 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9450 can_cindent = TRUE; 9451 # endif 9452 } 9453 } 9454 9455 void 9456 ins_horscroll(void) 9457 { 9458 pos_T tpos; 9459 9460 undisplay_dollar(); 9461 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9462 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) 9463 { 9464 start_arrow(&tpos); 9465 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9466 can_cindent = TRUE; 9467 # endif 9468 } 9469 } 9470 #endif 9471 9472 static void 9473 ins_left( 9474 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 9475 { 9476 pos_T tpos; 9477 9478 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9479 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9480 foldOpenCursor(); 9481 #endif 9482 undisplay_dollar(); 9483 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9484 if (oneleft() == OK) 9485 { 9486 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 9487 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will 9488 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ 9489 if (!im_is_preediting()) 9490 #endif 9491 { 9492 start_arrow_with_change(&tpos, end_change); 9493 if (!end_change) 9494 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_LEFT); 9495 } 9496 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9497 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ 9498 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) 9499 revins_legal++; 9500 revins_chars++; 9501 #endif 9502 } 9503 9504 /* 9505 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to 9506 * previous line 9507 */ 9508 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9509 { 9510 /* always break undo when moving upwards/downwards, else undo may break */ 9511 start_arrow(&tpos); 9512 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 9513 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9514 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ 9515 } 9516 else 9517 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9518 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 9519 } 9520 9521 static void 9522 ins_home(int c) 9523 { 9524 pos_T tpos; 9525 9526 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9527 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9528 foldOpenCursor(); 9529 #endif 9530 undisplay_dollar(); 9531 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9532 if (c == K_C_HOME) 9533 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; 9534 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9535 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9536 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9537 #endif 9538 curwin->w_curswant = 0; 9539 start_arrow(&tpos); 9540 } 9541 9542 static void 9543 ins_end(int c) 9544 { 9545 pos_T tpos; 9546 9547 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9548 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9549 foldOpenCursor(); 9550 #endif 9551 undisplay_dollar(); 9552 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9553 if (c == K_C_END) 9554 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9555 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9556 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; 9557 9558 start_arrow(&tpos); 9559 } 9560 9561 static void 9562 ins_s_left(void) 9563 { 9564 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9565 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9566 foldOpenCursor(); 9567 #endif 9568 undisplay_dollar(); 9569 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9570 { 9571 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9572 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); 9573 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9574 } 9575 else 9576 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9577 } 9578 9579 static void 9580 ins_right( 9581 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 9582 { 9583 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9584 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9585 foldOpenCursor(); 9586 #endif 9587 undisplay_dollar(); 9588 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL 9589 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9590 || virtual_active() 9591 #endif 9592 ) 9593 { 9594 start_arrow_with_change(&curwin->w_cursor, end_change); 9595 if (!end_change) 9596 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_RIGHT); 9597 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9598 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9599 if (virtual_active()) 9600 oneright(); 9601 else 9602 #endif 9603 { 9604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9605 if (has_mbyte) 9606 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); 9607 else 9608 #endif 9609 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 9610 } 9611 9612 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9613 revins_legal++; 9614 if (revins_chars) 9615 revins_chars--; 9616 #endif 9617 } 9618 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the 9619 * cursor to the next line */ 9620 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL 9621 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9622 { 9623 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9624 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9625 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9626 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9627 } 9628 else 9629 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9630 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 9631 } 9632 9633 static void 9634 ins_s_right(void) 9635 { 9636 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9637 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9638 foldOpenCursor(); 9639 #endif 9640 undisplay_dollar(); 9641 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 9642 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9643 { 9644 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9645 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); 9646 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9647 } 9648 else 9649 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9650 } 9651 9652 static void 9653 ins_up( 9654 int startcol) /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9655 { 9656 pos_T tpos; 9657 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9658 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9659 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9660 #endif 9661 9662 undisplay_dollar(); 9663 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9664 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9665 { 9666 if (startcol) 9667 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9668 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9669 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9670 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9671 #endif 9672 ) 9673 redraw_later(VALID); 9674 start_arrow(&tpos); 9675 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9676 can_cindent = TRUE; 9677 #endif 9678 } 9679 else 9680 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9681 } 9682 9683 static void 9684 ins_pageup(void) 9685 { 9686 pos_T tpos; 9687 9688 undisplay_dollar(); 9689 9690 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9691 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9692 { 9693 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ 9694 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9695 { 9696 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9697 goto_tabpage(-1); 9698 } 9699 return; 9700 } 9701 #endif 9702 9703 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9704 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) 9705 { 9706 start_arrow(&tpos); 9707 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9708 can_cindent = TRUE; 9709 #endif 9710 } 9711 else 9712 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9713 } 9714 9715 static void 9716 ins_down( 9717 int startcol) /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9718 { 9719 pos_T tpos; 9720 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9721 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9722 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9723 #endif 9724 9725 undisplay_dollar(); 9726 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9727 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9728 { 9729 if (startcol) 9730 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9731 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9732 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9733 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9734 #endif 9735 ) 9736 redraw_later(VALID); 9737 start_arrow(&tpos); 9738 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9739 can_cindent = TRUE; 9740 #endif 9741 } 9742 else 9743 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9744 } 9745 9746 static void 9747 ins_pagedown(void) 9748 { 9749 pos_T tpos; 9750 9751 undisplay_dollar(); 9752 9753 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9754 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9755 { 9756 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ 9757 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9758 { 9759 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9760 goto_tabpage(0); 9761 } 9762 return; 9763 } 9764 #endif 9765 9766 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9767 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) 9768 { 9769 start_arrow(&tpos); 9770 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9771 can_cindent = TRUE; 9772 #endif 9773 } 9774 else 9775 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9776 } 9777 9778 #ifdef FEAT_DND 9779 static void 9780 ins_drop(void) 9781 { 9782 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); 9783 } 9784 #endif 9785 9786 /* 9787 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. 9788 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. 9789 */ 9790 static int 9791 ins_tab(void) 9792 { 9793 int ind; 9794 int i; 9795 int temp; 9796 9797 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 9798 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 9799 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) 9800 return FALSE; 9801 9802 ind = inindent(0); 9803 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9804 if (ind) 9805 can_cindent = FALSE; 9806 #endif 9807 9808 /* 9809 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character 9810 */ 9811 if (!curbuf->b_p_et 9812 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf)) 9813 && get_sts_value() == 0) 9814 return TRUE; 9815 9816 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9817 return TRUE; 9818 9819 did_ai = FALSE; 9820 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9821 did_si = FALSE; 9822 can_si = FALSE; 9823 can_si_back = FALSE; 9824 #endif 9825 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); 9826 9827 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ 9828 temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); 9829 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ 9830 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); 9831 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ 9832 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; 9833 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; 9834 9835 /* 9836 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in 9837 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any 9838 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. 9839 */ 9840 ins_char(' '); 9841 while (--temp > 0) 9842 { 9843 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9844 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9845 ins_char(' '); 9846 else 9847 #endif 9848 { 9849 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9850 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ 9851 replace_push(NUL); 9852 } 9853 } 9854 9855 /* 9856 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. 9857 */ 9858 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) 9859 { 9860 char_u *ptr; 9861 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9862 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9863 pos_T pos; 9864 #endif 9865 pos_T fpos; 9866 pos_T *cursor; 9867 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; 9868 int change_col = -1; 9869 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 9870 9871 /* 9872 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes 9873 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. 9874 */ 9875 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9876 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9877 { 9878 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9879 cursor = &pos; 9880 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 9881 if (saved_line == NULL) 9882 return FALSE; 9883 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; 9884 } 9885 else 9886 #endif 9887 { 9888 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 9889 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; 9890 } 9891 9892 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ 9893 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9894 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 9895 9896 /* Find first white before the cursor */ 9897 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9898 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) 9899 { 9900 --fpos.col; 9901 --ptr; 9902 } 9903 9904 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ 9905 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9906 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum 9907 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9908 { 9909 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; 9910 fpos.col = Insstart.col; 9911 } 9912 9913 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ 9914 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9915 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); 9916 9917 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak' 9918 * and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ 9919 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) 9920 { 9921 i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol); 9922 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) 9923 break; 9924 if (*ptr != TAB) 9925 { 9926 *ptr = TAB; 9927 if (change_col < 0) 9928 { 9929 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ 9930 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ 9931 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9932 Insstart.col = fpos.col; 9933 } 9934 } 9935 ++fpos.col; 9936 ++ptr; 9937 vcol += i; 9938 } 9939 9940 if (change_col >= 0) 9941 { 9942 int repl_off = 0; 9943 char_u *line = ptr; 9944 9945 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ 9946 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') 9947 { 9948 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol); 9949 ++ptr; 9950 ++repl_off; 9951 } 9952 if (vcol > want_vcol) 9953 { 9954 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ 9955 --ptr; 9956 --repl_off; 9957 } 9958 fpos.col += repl_off; 9959 9960 /* Delete following spaces. */ 9961 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; 9962 if (i > 0) 9963 { 9964 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); 9965 /* correct replace stack. */ 9966 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9967 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9968 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9969 #endif 9970 ) 9971 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) 9972 replace_join(repl_off); 9973 } 9974 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 9975 if (netbeans_active()) 9976 { 9977 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); 9978 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 9979 (char_u *)"\t", 1); 9980 } 9981 #endif 9982 cursor->col -= i; 9983 9984 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9985 /* 9986 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by 9987 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new 9988 * spacing. 9989 */ 9990 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9991 { 9992 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ 9993 backspace_until_column(change_col); 9994 9995 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to 9996 * ptr-cursor */ 9997 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, 9998 cursor->col - change_col); 9999 } 10000 #endif 10001 } 10002 10003 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10004 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10005 vim_free(saved_line); 10006 #endif 10007 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; 10008 } 10009 10010 return FALSE; 10011 } 10012 10013 /* 10014 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. 10015 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. 10016 */ 10017 static int 10018 ins_eol(int c) 10019 { 10020 int i; 10021 10022 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) 10023 return FALSE; 10024 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 10025 return TRUE; 10026 undisplay_dollar(); 10027 10028 /* 10029 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the 10030 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, 10031 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. 10032 */ 10033 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10034 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10035 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10036 #endif 10037 ) 10038 replace_push(NUL); 10039 10040 /* 10041 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts 10042 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the 10043 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done 10044 * in open_line(). 10045 */ 10046 10047 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10048 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after 10049 * CTRL-O). */ 10050 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 10051 coladvance(getviscol()); 10052 #endif 10053 10054 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10055 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10056 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) 10057 fkmap(NL); 10058 # endif 10059 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of 10060 * current line. */ 10061 if (revins_on) 10062 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 10063 #endif 10064 10065 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); 10066 i = open_line(FORWARD, 10067 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 10068 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 10069 #endif 10070 0, old_indent); 10071 old_indent = 0; 10072 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 10073 can_cindent = TRUE; 10074 #endif 10075 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 10076 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ 10077 foldOpenCursor(); 10078 #endif 10079 10080 return (!i); 10081 } 10082 10083 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 10084 /* 10085 * Handle digraph in insert mode. 10086 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be 10087 * done. 10088 */ 10089 static int 10090 ins_digraph(void) 10091 { 10092 int c; 10093 int cc; 10094 int did_putchar = FALSE; 10095 10096 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 10097 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 10098 { 10099 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 10100 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10101 10102 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); 10103 did_putchar = TRUE; 10104 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10105 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); 10106 #endif 10107 } 10108 10109 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 10110 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 10111 #endif 10112 10113 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the 10114 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ 10115 ++no_mapping; 10116 ++allow_keys; 10117 c = plain_vgetc(); 10118 --no_mapping; 10119 --allow_keys; 10120 if (did_putchar) 10121 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next 10122 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ 10123 edit_unputchar(); 10124 10125 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ 10126 { 10127 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10128 clear_showcmd(); 10129 #endif 10130 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10131 return NUL; 10132 } 10133 if (c != ESC) 10134 { 10135 did_putchar = FALSE; 10136 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 10137 { 10138 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 10139 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10140 10141 if (char2cells(c) == 1) 10142 { 10143 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10144 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); 10145 did_putchar = TRUE; 10146 } 10147 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10148 add_to_showcmd_c(c); 10149 #endif 10150 } 10151 ++no_mapping; 10152 ++allow_keys; 10153 cc = plain_vgetc(); 10154 --no_mapping; 10155 --allow_keys; 10156 if (did_putchar) 10157 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the 10158 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ 10159 edit_unputchar(); 10160 if (cc != ESC) 10161 { 10162 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); 10163 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); 10164 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10165 clear_showcmd(); 10166 #endif 10167 return c; 10168 } 10169 } 10170 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10171 clear_showcmd(); 10172 #endif 10173 return NUL; 10174 } 10175 #endif 10176 10177 /* 10178 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. 10179 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. 10180 */ 10181 int 10182 ins_copychar(linenr_T lnum) 10183 { 10184 int c; 10185 int temp; 10186 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; 10187 char_u *line; 10188 10189 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10190 { 10191 vim_beep(BO_COPY); 10192 return NUL; 10193 } 10194 10195 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ 10196 temp = 0; 10197 line = ptr = ml_get(lnum); 10198 prev_ptr = ptr; 10199 validate_virtcol(); 10200 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) 10201 { 10202 prev_ptr = ptr; 10203 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp); 10204 } 10205 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) 10206 ptr = prev_ptr; 10207 10208 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10209 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); 10210 #else 10211 c = *ptr; 10212 #endif 10213 if (c == NUL) 10214 vim_beep(BO_COPY); 10215 return c; 10216 } 10217 10218 /* 10219 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. 10220 */ 10221 static int 10222 ins_ctrl_ey(int tc) 10223 { 10224 int c = tc; 10225 10226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10227 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 10228 { 10229 if (c == Ctrl_Y) 10230 scrolldown_clamp(); 10231 else 10232 scrollup_clamp(); 10233 redraw_later(VALID); 10234 } 10235 else 10236 #endif 10237 { 10238 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); 10239 if (c != NUL) 10240 { 10241 long tw_save; 10242 10243 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it 10244 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' 10245 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a 10246 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ 10247 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) 10248 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 10249 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; 10250 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; 10251 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10252 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; 10253 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10254 revins_chars++; 10255 revins_legal++; 10256 #endif 10257 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ 10258 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 10259 } 10260 } 10261 return c; 10262 } 10263 10264 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 10265 /* 10266 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. 10267 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. 10268 */ 10269 static void 10270 ins_try_si(int c) 10271 { 10272 pos_T *pos, old_pos; 10273 char_u *ptr; 10274 int i; 10275 int temp; 10276 10277 /* 10278 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' 10279 */ 10280 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) 10281 { 10282 /* 10283 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' 10284 */ 10285 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) 10286 { 10287 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10288 /* 10289 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring 10290 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line 10291 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the 10292 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple 10293 * lines -- webb 10294 */ 10295 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); 10296 i = pos->col; 10297 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ 10298 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) 10299 ; 10300 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; 10301 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; 10302 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) 10303 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; 10304 i = get_indent(); 10305 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10306 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10307 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10308 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 10309 else 10310 #endif 10311 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); 10312 } 10313 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 10314 { 10315 /* 10316 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not 10317 * more than indent of previous line 10318 */ 10319 temp = TRUE; 10320 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10321 { 10322 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10323 i = get_indent(); 10324 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10325 { 10326 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); 10327 10328 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ 10329 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) 10330 break; 10331 } 10332 if (get_indent() >= i) 10333 temp = FALSE; 10334 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10335 } 10336 if (temp) 10337 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); 10338 } 10339 } 10340 10341 /* 10342 * set indent of '#' always to 0 10343 */ 10344 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') 10345 { 10346 /* remember current indent for next line */ 10347 old_indent = get_indent(); 10348 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); 10349 } 10350 10351 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ 10352 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) 10353 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 10354 } 10355 #endif 10356 10357 /* 10358 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. 10359 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. 10360 */ 10361 static colnr_T 10362 get_nolist_virtcol(void) 10363 { 10364 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 10365 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 10366 validate_virtcol(); 10367 return curwin->w_virtcol; 10368 } 10369 10370 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 10371 /* 10372 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. 10373 * "c" is the character that was typed. 10374 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. 10375 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". 10376 */ 10377 static char_u * 10378 do_insert_char_pre(int c) 10379 { 10380 char_u *res; 10381 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 10382 10383 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ 10384 if (!has_insertcharpre()) 10385 return NULL; 10386 10387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10388 if (has_mbyte) 10389 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 10390 else 10391 #endif 10392 { 10393 buf[0] = c; 10394 buf[1] = NUL; 10395 } 10396 10397 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ 10398 ++textlock; 10399 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ 10400 10401 res = NULL; 10402 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) 10403 { 10404 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one 10405 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the 10406 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ 10407 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) 10408 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); 10409 } 10410 10411 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 10412 --textlock; 10413 10414 return res; 10415 } 10416 #endif 10417